introduction to utilities - sap is-u ccs
TRANSCRIPT
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 1/541
SAP AG 2009
IUT110 Introduction to the SAP Utilities System
THE BEST RUN BUSINESSES RUN SAP
© SAP AG 2009
IUT110
Introduction to the SAP Utilities System
ERP2005 SAP for Utilities ECC 6.0
Version 94
Material number: 50099965
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 2/541
SAP AG 2009
Copyright 2009 SAP AG. All rights reserved.
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted inany form or for any purpose without the express permission ofSAP AG. The information contained herein may be changedwithout prior notice.
Copyright
Some software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary softwarecomponents of other software vendors.
Microsoft, Windows, Outlook, and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
IBM, DB2, DB2 Universal Database, OS/2, Parallel Sysplex, MVS/ESA, AIX, S/390, AS/400,
OS/390, OS/400, iSeries, pSeries, xSeries, zSeries, z/OS, AFP, Intelligent Miner, WebSphere,
Netfinity, Tivoli, and Informix are trademarks or registered trademarks of IBM Corporation in the
United States and/or other countries.
Oracle is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation.
UNIX, X/Open, OSF/1, and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open Group.
Citrix, ICA, Program Neighborhood, MetaFrame, WinFrame, VideoFrame, and MultiWin are
trademarks or registered trademarks of Citrix Systems, Inc.
HTML, XML, XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3C®, World Wide
Web Consortium, Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Java is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc.
JavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc., used under license for technology
invented and implemented by Netscape.
MaxDB is a trademark of MySQL AB, Sweden.
SAP, R/3, mySAP, mySAP.com, xApps, xApp, and other SAP products and services mentioned
herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG in
Germany and in several other countries all over the world. All other product and service names
mentioned are the trademarks of their respective companies. Data contained in this document serves
informational purposes only. National product specifications may vary.
These materials are subject to change without notice. These materials are provided by SAP AG and
its affiliated companies ("SAP Group") for informational purposes only, without representation orwarranty of any kind, and SAP Group shall not be liable for errors or omissions with respect to the
materials. The only warranties for SAP Group products and services are those that are set forth in
the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services, if any. Nothing herein
should be construed as constituting an additional warranty.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 3/541
SAP AG 2009
Prerequisites
Basic knowledge of the SAP system(SAP01 SAP Overview)
Knowledge and experienceof the business processesin a utility company
Knowledge and experience of the Windows operating system environment
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 4/541
SAP AG 2009
Target Group
Participants
Decision makers who use SAP Utilities to support theirbusiness processes
Project managers responsible for implementingSAP Utilities
A project team implementing business processeswith SAP Utilities
Administrators who optimize processesin the SAP Utilities environment
Consultants preparing to
implement SAP Utilities
Duration
5 days
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 5/541
SAP AG 2009
Course Objectives
This course will teach you:
The concept of integratingSAP Utilities in SAP ERP
About the business processes in the utilitiesindustry
How to use SAP Utilities in SAP ERP andimplement it efficiently
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 6/541
SAP AG 2008
Objectives
After completing this course, you will be able to:
Describe how SAP Utilities is integrated in theSAP ERP environment
Perform the core business processes
Explain the structure and function ofprocesses
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 7/541
SAP AG 2009
Table of Contents
Preface
Unit 8 Billing Master Data
Unit 9 Billing and Invoicing
Unit 10 Energy Data Management
Unit 11 Real-Time Pricing
Unit 12 Budget Billing Plan
Unit 13 Contract Accounting
Unit 1 Overview
Unit 2 IC and Master Data
Unit 3 Move-In/Out
Unit 4 Work Management
Unit 5 Device Technology
Unit 6 Device Installation
Unit 7 Meter Reading
IC: Customer Interaction Center
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 8/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 9/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 10/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 1-2
SAP AG 2009
Overview: Unit Objectives
At the conclusion of this unit, you will be able to:
Describe the integration of SAP Utilities in SAPERP 6.0
Name the most important SAP ERP componentsand their roles in the utilities industry
Describe the functions of SAP Utilities
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 11/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 1-3
SAP AG 2009
Overview: Business Scenario
The course participants are new employees ofENRG AG
You are taking part in a 5-day training program
Your main tasks are customer-orientedprocesses in the customer center and customercare for corporate customers
Using standard business processes, you willlearn about the structure of SAP Utilities and howit operates
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 12/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 13/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 1-5
SAP AG 2009
SAP ERP Architecture
T e c h n o l o
g y
A p p l i c
a t i o n
Self-Service Procurement
Strategic Enterprise Management
Internet Sales
Self Services
... and more
Additional components
C o m p o s i t e A p p l i c a t i o n F r a m e w o r k
APPLICATION PLATFORM
L i f e C y cl eM an a g em en t
PEOPLE INTEGRATION
Multi Channel Access
Portal Collaboration
INFORMATION INTEGRATION
Master Data Management
Knowledge Manag.
PROCESS INTEGRATIONIntegrationBroker
BusinessProcess Management
J2EE ABAP
DB and OS Abstraction
SAP WebApplication Server
SAP R/3 Enterprise
SAP R/3Enterprise 1.0 IS-U 4.71
SAP Basis
SAP R/3up to 4.6C
< IS-U 4.64
C o m p o s i t e A p p l i c a t i o n F r a m e w o r k
APPLICATION PLATFORM
L i f e C y cl eM an a g em en t
Composite Applications
PEOPLE INTEGRATION
Multi Channel Access
Portal Collaboration
INFORMATION INTEGRATION
Master Data Management
Knowledge Manag.
PROCESS INTEGRATIONIntegrationBroker
BusinessProcess Management
J2EE ABAP
DB and OS Abstraction
SAP ERP 6.0
Strategic Enterprise Management
Self Services
Additional componentsSelf-Service Procurement
Internet Sales
... and more
Strategic Enterprise Management
Business Intelligence
SAP R/3 Enterprise 2.0IS-U 4.72
Business Intelligence
SAP NetWeaver™ SAP NetWeaver™ 7.0
SAP ERP is the next step in this development. The figure shows the elements that are contained in
SAP ERP.
In SAP NetWeaver you can see the elements that are technically integrated into SAP ERP (for
example, Business Intelligence).
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 14/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 1-6
SAP AG 2008
SAP ERP and SAP NetWeaver
SAP ERPAnalyticsFinancials
Human Capital ManagementOperations
Corporate Services
SAP NetWeaver ™
Some examples of functions that useNetWeaver technology
C o m p o s i t e
A p p l i c a t i o n F r a m e w o r k
L i f e C y cl eM an a g
em en t
…
PROCESS INTEGRATION
IntegrationBroker
BusinessProcess Management
INFORMATION INTEGRATION
Business Intelligence
Master Data Management
Knowledge Manag.
PEOPLE INTEGRATION
Multi Channel Access
Portal Collaboration
APPLICATION PLATFORM
J2EE
DB and OS Abstraction
ABAP
SAP ERP is the successor to SAP R/3.
SAP ERP contains the full scope offunctions of SAP R/3 Enterprise. A large number of additional business
processes Integrated and personalized functions
SAP ERP is based on SAP NetWeaver.
… Financial Supply Chain Management,
Self Service Procurement …
… Strategic Enterprise Management,Manager Self Services …
… Self services, shared folders and jointprojects ...
…Self Services,Adobe Print Forms …
SAP ERP is based on SAP NetWeaver.
This slide shows a number of examples. Many self-services are delivered along with SAP ERP.
Other functions such as self-service procurement use the Integration Broker (SAP Exchange
Infrastructure).
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 15/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 1-7
SAP AG 2009
SAP ERP and SAP Utilities
SAP Switch Framework
SAP Discrete Industries
Mill Products
SAP Utilities
SAP Telecommunications
SAP Oil and Gas
…..
SAP ECCSAP ERP CentralComponent 6.0
Industry BusinessFunction Sets
Generic BusinessFunctions
Financial Services
Global Trade
…..
…..
Multiple genericbusiness functionscan be activated
Core
Extension
Only one industry canbe activated usingBusiness FunctionSets
SAP Business Suite is industry-independent. However, many industries require special functions
and processes. To fulfill these requirements, SAP provides industry-specific solutions.
These industry solutions result partly from working closely with strategic development partners.
Industry-specific functions are developed for these solutions and the solutions are offered as SAP
solutions.
The industries are activated using the SAP Switch Framework and the corresponding Business
Function Sets.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 16/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 1-8
SAP AG 2009
SAP Business Suite
SAP SCM
SAP PLM
SAP SRM SAP CRMSAP ERP 6.0
SAP for Utilities
Lifecycle Data Management, Project Management,Quality Management and
Asset Management
Inventory and Facilities ManagementProduction and Shipment
S a l e s O r d e r
M a n a g e m e n t
C o n t r a c t M a n a g e m e n t
P ur ch a s e
R e q ui si t i on
SAP NetWeaver
SAP Business Suite
SAP ERP is a solution in SAP Business Suite. It is based on the requests and requirements of
customers and user groups as well as on information from analysts and leading experts. This is to
ensure that the challenges that current and future customers have to face in the marketplace are
always met.
The core functions and solutions from SAP ERP are extended and enhanced by the following
solutions of SAP Business Suite:
• SAP Customer Relationship Management
- SAP CRM is a solution that puts the customer first. The customer can use a variety of
channels to contact the company.
•
SAP Product Lifecycle Management- This solution provides functions for product development, product safety, quality assurance,
and plant maintenance.
• SAP Supply Chain Management
- The supply chain does not end at the warehouse door. You can use SAP SCM to plan and
optimize supply chains across the entire company.
• SAP Supplier Relationship Management
- Buying on the Internet or on the marketplace is just one possibility for optimizing
procurement. Employees can use this solution to notify the purchasing department of their
requirements quickly and effectively.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 17/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 1-9
SAP AG 2009
SAP Business Suite Integration
SAP Business Suite
SAP ERP
Customer
SAP CRM
SAP BCM SAP CRMInteraction
Center
SAP BI /Analytics
Marketing
Sales andDistribution
Service
Accounting
Logistics
…
Inbo
und
Cont
act
Cent
ers
Pers
onal
Tele
phon
y
Mobil
e
Cont
act
Cent
ers
and
Telep
hony
Outb
ound
Cont
act
Cent
ers
Unified Contact Routing
IVR and Voicemail Services
Online Monitoring, Reporting and Analysis
Centralized Management and Administration
Directoryand PresenceServices
Voice Logging
CorporateCommunication Services
S o l u t i o n
C a p a b i l i t i e s
Channels Interaction and Communication
SAP CRM Interaction Center is an integral component of SAP CRM.
SAP Business Communication Management (BCM) is a multi-channel platform for
bi-directional contact.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 18/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 1-10
SAP AG 2009
Developing Customer Interaction
Front Office• 1998• IS-U/CCS 1.2
L Shape CIC• 2000• IS-U/CCS 4.61
IC WinClient• 2002• CRM 3.0
• IS-U/CCS 4.71
IC WebClient• since 2004• SAP CRM 2007• SAP ERP 6.0
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 19/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 1-11
SAP AG 2009
SAP Utilities is ...
COMPREHENSIVE
Business processesfor the utilities industryFor residential,
commercial andindustrial customersNumerous
communicationchannels: Telephone, e-mail,
interactive forms, Internet self-services, voice self-services, Webshop, meter, …
FLEXIBLE
Individual processes canbe included andintegrated easily in theexisting landscapeSeamless integration of
services
SIMPLE
Intuitive Web-baseduser interfaceRole-based profilesSimple adjustment by
configuration
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 20/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 1-12
SAP AG 2009
SAP Utilities Strong Points
Supports deregulation scenarios
Integration of application areas
Flexibility
Customer orientation
Open architecture
Homogenous interaction between accounting and core logisticsprocesses
Business processes across all areas
Shorter lead times for business processes
Can be adapted to local deregulation rules
Can be implemented in every type of company
Supports all types of service
Enables development of an individual business strategy
User-friendly Business process-oriented
Competition-oriented
Informative
Communicative
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 21/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 1-13
SAP AG 2009
SAP Utilities and Business Intelligence (BI)
ERP Other
Efficient Analysis of Information
- Innovative and intuitive user interface- Efficient OLAP analysis functions
- For all types of user
Extensive Business Content
- Information models, reports andextractors
- Metadata repository
- Company comparison values
End-to-End Data Warehousing Solutions
- Extraction of SAP ERP data and external data
- Fully automated
- Central control
SAP Business Intelligence (SAP BI) is the SAP business component that is used to extract and
analyze data from operative business applications (OLTP systems). In addition to OLTP systems
such as ERP and SAP BBP (Business-to-Business Procurement: E-commerce business process used
by employees to purchase goods and services directly from other suppliers), other external data
sources such as databases or online services can also be integrated. OLTP stands for online
transaction processing.
SAP Business Intelligence supports online analytical processing (OLAP) and is designed to process
large volumes of operational and historical data.
SAP BI contains all of the metadata required for common business processes. This includes
InfoSources, InfoObjects, InfoCubes, and standard reports, transfer structures for all releases, and
communication structures and update rules for each InfoCube. These elements are part of a "ready-to-go" strategy that supports automatic data transfer with immediate analysis once the system has
been installed and the source system defined.
SAP BI requests application data at regular intervals from the assigned source systems (pull-
mechanism). For this reason the backend systems contain extractors that collect data and deliver it to
SAP Business Intelligence.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 22/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 1-14
SAP AG 2009
SAP Utilities Deregulation
Provides
the supply grid andaccompanyingservices
Creates
utility contract,bill, makes collections
Electronic Data
Exchange
Distributor Supplier
Customer/point of delivery
Consumption values, gridusage bills, customer data,
and technical data
Customer change, changesto customer data, grid usagepayment, service requests
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 23/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 1-15
SAP AG 2009
SAP Utilities Customer E-Services
SAP Enhancement Package 2 for SAP ERP 6.0UCES 6.02
Generalcontact
Contacthistory
Rate comparison
Interimbill
Anonymousmeter reading
entry
UCES 6.0
ChangeBB plan
DisplayBB plan
Contractdetails
Meter readinghistory
Consumptionhistory
Meter reading dates
User creation
Passwordchange
FAQ
Documentationof
user activities
Enter meter readings
Credit memooverview
Credit memoclearing
E-mailnotification
Complaint
IS-U/CCS 4.64
IS-U/CCS 4.72 (4.64 downgrade as project solution)
SAP ERP 6.0 (4.64 downgrade as project solution)
Confirmation
Credit carddata
maintenance
Bank datamaintenance
Master datachange
Move-in/out
Direct debitmandate
Partialpayment
Paymentdetails
Meter over-view
Move-out
Billpayment
Billdisplay
Overviewof paid
invoices
Overviewof openinvoices
Move-in
UCES = SAP Utilities Customer E-Services 6.02
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 24/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 1-16
SAP AG 2009
SAP Service Marketplace
SAP ERPhttp://service.sap.com/erp
SAP NetWeaver
http://service.sap.com/netweaver
Development News
http://service.sap.com/developmentnews
SAP for Utilities
http://service.sap.com/Utilities
New Release Strategy
http://service.sap.com/releasestrategy
Release Notes
http://service.sap.com/releasenotes
Upgrade Information Center http://service.sap.com/upgrade-erp
Online Helphttp://help.sap.com
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 25/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 1-17
SAP AG 2009
Overview: Summary
SAP Utilities supports all the customer-oriented
core business processes of utility, wastedisposal, and service companies.
SAP Utilities is an integral part of the SAP ERPcomponent.
SAP Utilities is designed for billing andmanaging standard divisions as well as foroffering additional new services.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 26/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 27/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-1
SAP AG 2009
IC and Master Data
Contents:
Interaction Center Objectives
Deploying and Working with the Interaction Center
Interaction Center Processing Steps
Interaction Center Application Areas
Master Data
Customer Contacts and Interaction Records
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 28/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 29/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 30/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-4
SAP AG 2009
IC Process Billing Correction
Simulate
bill or
process
rebill
Correct
the Meter
Reading
Result
Select
and display
Document
Execute
Billing
Correction
Process
Identifycustomer inInteractioncenter
To process the billing correction directly, the agent can chose between two options:
• Process Full Reversal – the original bill is fully reversed and the rebill is processed as new
• Process Adjustment Reversal – the net difference between the original and new bills is sent to the
customer
The agent can directly enter the new reading results or can utilize standard estimation functionality
to obtain an estimated result
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 31/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-5
SAP AG 2009
IC Process Create Installment Plan
SaveInstallment
Plan
Accept or adjustproposedplandetails
Select
and display
Open Itemsfor Account
Execute
CreateInstallment
Plan
Process
Identifycustomer inInteractioncenter
To create the installment plan, the agent can chose between two procedures:
• Enter the installment amount
- The installment amount is determined from the sum of original items and the installment
amount
• Enter the rounding amount and the number of installments
- The installment amount is determined from the sum of the original receivables, the rounding
amount, and the number of installments
The system uses the parameters to create an installment plan proposal
The agent can still make changes to the proposed installment plan (such as add/delete installments,
calculate interest, create fees for the creation of the installment plan).
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 32/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-6
SAP AG 2009
IC Process Customer Overview
Business Partner
Contract Account
Account Balance
Budget Billing Amounts
Invoices
Historical Consumption Values
Contract Overview
and much more
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 33/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-7
SAP AG 2009
Requirements for IC
Efficient user interface
Short training period
All normal business processes must be preconfigured andaccessed directly
Entry with incomplete data and comprehensive search help
User-specific modifications to the interfaceand the available business processes
Connection to communication management systems
(SAP BCM)
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 34/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-8
SAP AG 2009
IC WebClient Layout
Scratchpad
Alerts
Systemmessages
Navigationbar
Toolbar
Broadcastmessages
Sandra Turner
Hello,I have problems with the XY-Interface of mynotebook HT-1010.Sandra Turner
Sandra Turner, Denver, Colorado
Solution Check ZP-Installation file
Customer
e-mail In: Notebook: Problem
e-mail Out: Notebook: Solution
Service Service Order
Activ ity Cl ipboard
Interaction Record 5009874
Work
space
Follow-up and Actions
Last Interactions
Communicationinformation
Account
info
Status
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 35/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-9
SAP AG 2009
IC Inbox and Connection to SAP BCM
e-mail, fax, letters(scanned documents)
...
Workflow
System
Business Partner
Work item in inbox for e-
mail, fax, letters ...
Confirmation
Call Center Agent
E x e c u t e s
Displays customer data ininteraction center
Business Communication Management (BCM) is complementary software which provides a flexible
multi-channel all-IP business communications platform. It enables telephony integration, supports
chat, e-mail, voice and SMS.
An all-IP, browser-based solution which is designed to work with SAP CRM out of the box.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 36/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-10
SAP AG 2009
SAP Utilities Data Model – House
Basement
Apartment 2
Apartment 3
Apartment 1= PremiseEntranceHall
Service connection electricityService connection gasService connection water
Supplygrid
Street
Connection Object
Device loc.:Basement
Device loc.:Corridor
Businesspartner
Contract 1:Electricity
Contract 2:Gas
Contract 3:Water
Utilityinstallation 1:
Electric meter
Utilityinstallation 2:Gas meter
Utility
installation 3:Water meter
Contractaccount
Relations:
• 1 Business Partner : n Contract Accounts
• 1 Contract Account : n Contracts
• 1 Contract : 1 Installation (time-dependent)
• 1 Connection Object : n Premises
• 1 Connection Object : n Device Locations
• 1 Premise : n Installations
• Device relations depend on scenario
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 37/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-11
SAP AG 2009
SAPBusiness partner
Owners
Prospect
Tenants
Customer Debitors
Employee
Installer
Individuals and companies Business partner relationships Flexible interfaces Integration of business roles
GroupsCommercial and industrial customer
Various Business Partners
The SAP Utilities Industry solution is flexible enough to support all types of business partners.
The Business Partner concept is used in many functional areas of the solution:
• Employees in HR
• Installers in PM
• Prospects in CRM and Marketing
The same entity can be represented only once in the system, regardless of the application areas
which use it for processing.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 38/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 39/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-13
SAP AG 2009
Data for all roles Data for specific roles
General
• Form of address, name• Legal form, company• Group, search terms
Addresses
• Standard address• P.O. box address• Other addresses
Communication
• Telephone, fax• Extension• Internet, e-mail, online
SAPBusinesspartner
SAPBusinesspartner
Business Partner Data
Payment transactions
• Bank details
Additional data• Status• Identification numbers• Legitimization• Register entry
BP Relationships• Hierarchical
• Equal• Connected
Biller Direct
Business partners are divided into various groups, to which different attributes are allocated.
SAP Utilities differentiates between:
• Individuals
• Organizations
• Groups
Depending on the business context, the business partner can assume different roles.
SAP Utilities differentiates between:
• Contract partner
• Installer
• Contact person
• Prospect
Other roles depend on Customizing
A sales and distribution (SD) business partner is created in the background for each contract partner.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 40/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-14
SAP AG 2003
General data Dunning/payment data
Contract
account
Dunning data
Dunning control Dunning letter recipient Dunning block reason
Outgoing payments
Payment method
Bank details Alternate payeeAccount assignment
Where-used list for Ols Planning group Account determination Clearing category
Incoming payments
Payment method Bank details Alternate payer
Control
Alternative bill recipient Paid by collective bill
account Additional bill
General data Account name Account no. in legacy
system Terms of payment Tolerance group
Contract Account Data
Biller Direct
A contract account groups together all of a business partner's contracts that have the same payment
and dunning data. Contracts that are created with the business partner are allocated to the contract
account. As a result, any number of contracts can be allocated to a contract account.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 41/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-15
SAP AG 2009
Contractpartner
Contractpartner
150.--
100.--
300.--
100.--
50.--
Collectivebill
Collectivebill
Total : 450.--
(Statisticalposting tocontractcollective billingaccount CBA 1)
Total : 450.--
(Statisticalposting tocontractcollective billingaccount CBA 1)
BillCA 1
Total : 250.--
BillCA 2
Total : 400.--
BillCA 3
Total : 50.--
Contractaccount
collectivebill
Contractaccount
collectivebill
Collective Bills
Optional
Contractaccount 1
Contractaccount 2
Contractaccount 3
Contract 1(Elec. - domestic)
Contract 2(Water - domestic)
Contract 3(Gas - business)
Contract 4(Elec. - business)
Contract 5(Elec. - business)
The collective bill account is a contract account that is created in the business master data of the
utilities industry and is marked as a collective bill account. Several contract accounts can refer to
the same collective bill account.
The collective bill account groups together items that are posted to the individual accounts and that
refer to the collective bill account under one or more collective bills. Only items with the same due
date and origin can be grouped together in a collective bill.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 42/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-16
SAP AG 2006
General Contract Data
Data Relevant to Budget Billing
• Budget billing adjustment
• Budget billing cycle
Account assignment data
• Account determination ID
• Cost center • Business area
• Contract account
• Division
• Company code• Individual/operation consumption
• Statistics group
• Authorization groups
Move-in/Move-out data
• Contract start/end date
• Renewal dates
• Cancellation dates
• Joint invoice
• Billing Blocking Reason
• Outsorting group
Data Relevant to Billing
Deregulation data
• Service Provider
• Service provider
invoicing
• External contract number
• Payment class
Sales data
• Sales partner
•Representative
• Sales document• Installation
• Move-in date
• Move-out date Contract(Billableservice)
Contract(Billableservice)
Contract Data
Scheduling data
In the field 'Statistics Group', you specify the statistics group for a contract. This is used for
determining data for sales statistics.
The Authorization Group prevents unauthorized access to specific objects. To be able to carry out
any activity protected in this way, the user must have authorization for both the activity and the
authorization group.
If you maintain data relevant to budget billing (for example the budget billing cycle) in the
contract, the data you enter overrides the default values defined in the portion or in the Customizing
settings.
The outsorting group determines which validations are to be carried out in billing. A contract can
also be outsorted manually.
The meter reading block reason specifies why the contract has been blocked for meter readings. If
you make an entry in this field, the contract can no longer be billed. The contract will not be released
again for billing until you enter a billing release reason (the billing release reason overrides the
billing block reason).
A billing area is an organizational unit that covers a restricted area of activity/responsibility in your
company. Value movements entered in Financial Accounting can be attributed to this business area
for the purposes of external accounting.
Schedule data is provided mainly for information purposes. It allows you to display information on
when a contract was signed or cancelled, for example.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 43/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-17
SAP AG 2008
Connection Object Data
PM Data Data Specific to SAP Utilities
ConnectionObject
Other Data
• Structure/equipment list• Account determ
Plant Maintenance
• Structure• Planning plant• Planner group
Location Data
• Maintenance plant• Location description• ABC indicator
General
• Text• Processing status• Notes
Properties
• Regional structure group• Authorization group
Address
• Street, house number • Postal code, city• Political ?regional structure
A connection object is normally a building. However, it can be a plot of land or other structure such
as a fountain or a building site. The connection object corresponds to the functional location in the
Plant Maintenance (PM) component and has the same key.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 44/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-18
SAP AG 2009
General data Relationships
Premise
Additional data
Notes Update log
Location data
Floor Room number Location description
Connection object
Forms the link betweenthe premise and theregional structure
Premise Data
Attributes
Premise type Owners Number of occupants
Installation
Can comprise severalinstallations to be billed
Technical
Can be assigned to adevice location
The premise is a spatially enclosed unit (such as an apartment, factory floor) that has to be supplied.
The premise is allocated to a connection object.
Owner attribute enables Landlord Automatic Turn on/Move-in process.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 45/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-19
SAP AG 2009
General Data Relationships
Other Data Installation type Guarantee of supply Notes Change log
Control Data
Supply or consumption Definition of base period Meter reading control
Process Data
Current premise Current business partner Current contract
Installation
Billing
Rate category Rate data for device and
registers Reference value
Regional Structure Linked via the premise and
connection object Overriding of default meter
reading unit
Business Partner
Linked to the conclusion of contract with thebusiness partner
Installation Data
The installation is the most important technical master data object in SAP Utilities.
The installation contains the important control data for meter reading and billing.
The installation groups together division-specific devices, registers and, where applicable, reference
values that are allocated to a premise and, as a result, are billed jointly.
The installation is allocated to a specific contract. Only in exceptional cases is it not allocated to a
contract (for example, the installation is under construction, there is no owner for the installation).
The installation contains the meter reading unit with the scheduling data.
The installation contains the rate category with the billing rule data.
The installation contains information about the service (for example, grid usage or supply).
The installation references the point of delivery.
The installation references the synthetic load profile for SLP customers ( Load Profile button).
The installation references the installation structure ( Devices button).
The installation references the meter reading, billing, and print documents ( Billing View button).
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 46/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-20
SAP AG 2009
Point of Delivery Data
Point ofDelivery
Technical
• Register
• Structure category• History
Point of Delivery ID
Deregulation
• Installation
• Premise• Service type• Grid (grid operator)• Settlement unit
Header Data
• Description• Point of delivery type• Point of delivery role
The point of delivery is the point to which a utility service is supplied for a customer.
The point of delivery is identified by a unique key, the point of delivery ID. This is used for
communicating with external systems. The unique ID ensures that registered data and information
about a utility service that is rendered at a point of delivery is not incorrectly allocated, even when a
customer switches his or her utility company.
The deregulation point of delivery is used to communicate between different utility companies in a
deregulated energy market.
An example of this could be the exchange of consumption information between a distributor and a
supplier.
The technical point of delivery is used to communicate with a remote meter reading system.
This type of communication is used in the Energy Data Management (EDM) componentfor importing profile values.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 47/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-21
SAP AG 2009
SAP Utilities Data Model
IS-U
FI-CA
SD CS PM
Cross-Appl.ContractAccount
BusinessPartner
RegionalStructure
Connect ion
Object
Connection
DeviceLocation
Premise
Contract(Supply)
Installation
Device
MeterReading
Integrationwith Logistics
DeviceCategory
PoD
Service
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 48/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-22
SAP AG 2009
SAP Utilities and SAP CRM Data Model
IBASE
ConnectionObjectInstallation
Contract
PoD
ContractAccount Bill
Billing
BusinessPartner
Contract
Account
BusinessAgreement
ConnectionObject
SAP ERP / SAP Utilities SAP CRM
PoD& PremisePremise
ProfileProfile
The mapping of master data objects is displayed here based on the data models of both systems.
• 1:1 - Mapping of the business partner and the contract accounts
• Parts of the SAP IS-U contract and the installation together represent the utility contract in SAP
CRM.
• The technical data is mapped in a leaner hierarchy in SAP CRM. This means that only the
connection object and the points of delivery beneath it exist in the SAP CRM system. The point
of delivery in SAP CRM also contains data from the SAP IS-U premise (for example, the floor).
• The billing and invoicing data is only known in SAP IS-U.
• Profiles in CRM: Historical profile, forecast profile, and schedule profile
• IS-U customer contacts are replicated to CRM interaction records.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 49/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-23
SAP AG 2009
SAP for UtilitiesSAP CRM
Contract Management with SAP CRM and SAP ERP
CRM Contract
…
SAP for Utilities
Master DataGenerator
SAP UtilitiesMaster DataTemplate
Configuration
Point of DeliverySwitch
Document
1 Beginning ofMarket
Communication
SAP CRMProduct
Configuration
2
Status
3
4
(1) The contract is created in CRM – by allocating a product to a service location (IBASE) and
customer (account).
(3) The replication process creates the necessary objects in the backend IS-U system. The product
allocates to an MDT configuration which controls the replication.
(2) If IDE is required, then the market communication is also triggered by the CRM contact creation.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 50/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-24
SAP AG 2009
Fax Letter Telephone Internet
WWW
In person
UtilityCompany
UtilityCompany
WWW
Recording of contacts resulting from:
Personal customer service, telephone calls
Correspondence, fax, Internet, e-mail
Evaluation of contacts for:
Comprehensive overview of customer service
Quality and efficiency of consulting processes
Contact Management in Customer Service
Customer contact management in SAP Utilities is designed to record all types of customer contact
between the utilities company and the customer.
Customer contacts can be classified during creation according to class, type and the corresponding
activity.
Interaction records can be automatically saved during customer interaction process.
Business transaction details can be attached to interactions.
IS-U Customer contacts are replicated into CRM Interaction Records providing IC users with a full
picture of all customer interactions.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 51/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-25
SAP AG 2008
Customer Contact Data
Customer Contact
General
Business partner Contact partner Contact number
Process Description
Date, time Contact class Contact activity
Communication
In person, telephone, fax,Internet, mail, online
Incoming, outgoing
References
Reference to anybusiness objects
Permissibilities can be set
Notes
User-defined text Indicator for additional
documents
Other Data User-defined fields
for example, division,company code
Authorization group
Contact classes and activities can be created according to the requirements of the utility company.
Contact classes are used to group customer contacts according to their general subject area.
Example: Information, billing, budget billing amount, ...
The contact activity describes the type of activity between the business partner and the utility
company.
Example: Rate information, account information, ...
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 52/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-26
SAP AG 2009
IC and Master Data: Summary
The Interaction Center is designed to deal withinformation-based and operational processes.
The processing interface is an efficient workenvironment that provides quick access to criticalinformation.
The openness and flexibility of the Interaction Center enable you to integrate business processes in thebest possible way.
Contact management enables you to evaluate the
complete contact history of business partners.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 53/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-27
Exercises
Unit: Interaction Center (IC)
Topic: Using the IC
After completing these exercises, you will be able to:
• Describe the purpose of the IC and the areas in which it can be used
• Use the IC to work through processes efficiently
As an employee in the customer center, you need to process customer
inquiries quickly, completely, and correctly. This increases both customer
satisfaction and efficiency at work. A sound working knowledge of the ICwill help you achieve this.
1-1 Which units make up the Interaction Center?
What are their tasks?
Unit 1: _____________________________________________
Task: _____________________________________________
Unit 2: _____________________________________________
Task: _____________________________________________
Unit 3: _____________________________________________
Task: _____________________________________________
Unit 4: _____________________________________________
Task: _____________________________________________
1-2 True or false?
1-2-1 The IC is the central point of access for agents to handle both simple and
complex business processes.
__________________________________________________
1-2-2 The IC has flexible, powerful search functions.
__________________________________________________
1-2-3 The IC determines the process flows.
__________________________________________________
1-2-4 The IC automates business processes.
__________________________________________________
1-2-5 The data finder always identifies the business partner as the result of a search.
__________________________________________________
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 54/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-28
1-3 Logon with user IUT110-## to the SAP CRM System TPZ .
The logon process is described in the Solution of th is exercise .
1-4 To which business partner is the device with serial number I SU11020## allocated?
What is the address of the connection object?
Proceed as follows:
• Choose the Point of Delivery by Device option within the Search
Function field.
• Enter the device serial number in the premise search window.
• Press Enter to process the search criteria
Business Partner Number Address
1-5 Enter the address of the connection object in which the device is located.
Which premises are contained in the connection object from task 1-3?
Proceed as follows:
• In the search results list, click on the arrow to expand the Connection
Object and find all assigned premises.
•
Premise Number Short Text
1-6 End the interaction.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 55/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-29
1-7 Identify all customers for the connection object in Pinewood Avenue 33## . Which
business partners live in Pinewood Avenue 33## ?
Proceed as follows:
• In the Search for Business Partner section, enter the address data as
the search criteria.
• You can also enter just part of the name of the street, for example,
Pinewo*.
• Press Enter to process the search criteria.
Business Partner Number First and last names of business partner
Select and confirm Max Mayer and complete the following table:
Question Answer
How many contract accounts are
assigned to Mr. Mayer?
Which types of contract
does Mr. Mayer have?
Which devices are
assigned to Mr.Mayer?
1-8 Display the data environment of the premise for the contract ISU260A3## .
1-9 Display the data for the devices and complete the following table:
Information Electricity
Meter
Gas Meter
Serial number
Device category / material number
Name of device category
Division
Disconnection status
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 56/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-30
Web Client - Exercises
Unit: Interaction Center (IC)
Topic: Customer Interaction Management
After completing these exercises, you will be able to:
• Create various customer contacts
• Evaluate and display customer contact history
By documenting all customer contacts comprehensively, you can provide
a more efficient service to your customers. The link to business objects
allows you to access the relevant information instantly.
2-1 Create a customer interaction for the following situation:
2-1-1 Customer I SU11030## calls to report a complaint with a move-in . You record
the complaint in a customer interaction and save the interaction record.
2-2 Display the interaction history for a customer.
2-2-1 Display all customer interactions in the IC for customer ISU260A3## . Navigate
to the detailed display for the interaction record to view the attached objects.
How many, and what kind of contacts does the customer have?
Date Category Description Status
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 57/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-31
2-3 True or false?
2-3-1 All customer interactions are always created automatically.
______________________________________________________
2-3-2 Customer interactions are not grouped in any meaningful manner. ______________________________________________________
2-3-3 Customer interactions can only be displayed for one business partner at a time.
______________________________________________________
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 58/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-32
Web Client- Exercises
Unit: Interaction Center (IC)
Topic: Master Data in SAP Utilities
After completing these exercises, you will be able to:
• Explain the SAP business partner model
• Explain the SAP Utilities master data
• Explain the integration of SAP Utilities master data with SAP ERP
As an employee in customer services, you have been assigned to
telephone service. Some customers only want to obtain information,
others request changes to data. Your central working environment is the
IC.
3-1 Customer I SU11010## notifies you of new bank details that are to be used for automatic
debits from his account.
• Start from the IC.
• Use the payment data link.
• Perform complete process in IC.
3-1-1 Enter the selection criteria, and display the payment data view to view thecurrent bank details for the customer’s account.
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
3-1-2 Click on the Create New Bank Details button, enter the new bank details, and
save your data.
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 59/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-33
3-1-3 Assign the new bank details as the payment method for incoming payments.
Save your changes.
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
Return to the IC.
______________________________________________________
3-2 Change the description for electricity account ISU11020##.
Change the description from Residential Account to Pri vate Account 0## .
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
End the contact.
3-3 True or false?
3-3-1 Data for a business partner who is also a contract partner, installer, and contact
person, has to be entered more than once.
______________________________________________________
3-3-2 The contract account can be assigned to several business partners.
______________________________________________________
3-3-3 The contract account is the contract partner’s customer account.
______________________________________________________
3-3-4 The contract contains rate data for all divisions.
______________________________________________________
3-4 Name three different logs that are updated when master data is created or changed.
List the changes for each log.
To do this, use contract account I SU11020## .
1. __________________________________________________________
2. __________________________________________________________
3. __________________________________________________________
3-5 True or false?
3-5-1 The connection object is always a building.
______________________________________________________
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 60/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-34
3-5-2 The connection object can comprise one or more premises.
______________________________________________________
3-5-3 The connection object is managed as equipment in the component PM (Plant
Maintenance).
_____________________________________________________
3-5-4 The device location is subordinate to the connection object.
______________________________________________________
3-5-5 Individual devices are installed in the connection object.
______________________________________________________
3-5-6 The premise is managed as a functional location in PM.
______________________________________________________
3-5-7 The installation groups together the measuring devices of a division that are
allocated to it and a premise for the purpose of joint billing.
______________________________________________________
3-5-8 The installation manages basic billing control parameters.
______________________________________________________
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 61/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-35
Exercises
Unit: Interaction Center (IC)
Topic: Financial Information
At the conclusion of this exercise, you will be able to:
• Search for and display financial information about an account in the
FCC
A customer of the company you are working for calls the interaction
center for getting some financial inquiries. You would like to give the
calling customer the information.
4-1 Identify the Account of the customer who is calling you.
The Account ID is ISU260A3## .
Get a quick financial overview of the customer.
4-1-1 How many Business Agreements and Contracts does the Business Partner have?
4-1-2 What are the amounts of all open items and due items of all involved business
agreement together?
4-1-3 Concentrate now on Business Agreement ISU260T3## .
Which amount of this Business Agreement is open?
4-1-4 What additional information could you see in the Account Balance?
4-1-5 Are there already installment plans existing for the Business Agreements?
4-1-6 End the Contact with the Customer
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 62/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-36
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 63/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-37
Solutions
Unit: Interaction Center (IC)
Topic: Using the IC
1-1
Unit 1: Identification bar
Task: Confirmed data in current process
Unit 2: Navigation Toolbar
Task: Transaction groupings for initiating various customer processes.
Start comprehensive business processes, such as account display, installment
plan creation, service initiation, etc
Unit 3: Workspace
Task: All views for a viewset – provide information and links to other processes
Unit 4: Telephony toolbar
Task: Controls integration with CTI components
1-2
1-2-1 True.
The IC integrates both simple information and environment displays and
workflow processes that are used to control comprehensive business processes.
1-2-2 True.
The IC enables you to enter a variety of search criteria in order to find the data
for a business partner.
A business partner can be determined by means of the name or device number,
for example.
1-2-3 False.
The IC can be flexibly adjusted to the process flows of the user groups.True.
The IC supports the user when working through process flows.
1-2-4 True.
Since IC and workflow processes are integrated in the IC, business processes are
controlled and forwarded automatically.
1-2-5 False.
The data finder identifies the business objects you were searching for and that
belong to a business partner.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 64/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-38
1-3 Open the CRM Interaction Center
Log on to the SAP CRM system using SAP GUI.
Do some preparation steps which will allow you to start the CRM Web UI.
System TPZ
Client 770 User IUT110-##
Password init
Language EN or DE
In the Favorites Menu choose CRM 7.0 or use the following Link:
http://tpztdc00.wdf.sap.corp:52080/sap/crm_logon?sap-client=770
In the following Pop-Up-Window please enter once more:
User Name IUT110-##
Password the new password you selected above
1-4 In the Identification section of the Work Area, within the Search Criteria view, choose
Point of Delivery by Device in the Search Function field and enter the number
I SU11020## in the Serial Number field. Press Enter .
The system confirms the premise in which the device is located.
It also confirms the business partner and account which are currently active at that
service location.
Both objects are now displayed in the Information Bar.
1-5 Select the premise in the navigation area on the Environment tab page.The object is highlighted in color.
Click on the right mouse button and choose Connection Object Environment and then
Continue.
Premise Number Short Text
ISU11020## Pinewood Avenue 20##, New York
City
1-6 Return to the IC.
Choose End .
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 65/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-39
1-7 In the identification area, search for the street in which the connection object is located.
Enter the search criteria.
Business Partner Number First Name/Last Name
ISU260A3## Max Mayer
Select Mr. Max Mayer.
The system displays the data environment for the business partner.
You can now answer the following questions:
Question Answer
How many contract accounts are
assigned to Mr. Mayer?
Mr. Mayer has three contract accounts:
ISU260A3##ISU260C3##
ISU260T3##
Which types of contract
does Mr. Mayer have?
Mr. Mayer has four utility contracts:
Electricity contract: ISU260A3##
Gas contract: ISU260 B3##
Water contract: ISU260C3##
Electricity contract: ISU260D3##
Which devices are
assigned to Mr. Mayer?
Mr. Mayer has 4 devices:
Electric meter: ISU260A3##
Water meter: ISU260C3##
Gas meter: ISU260B3##
Electric meter: ISU260D3##
1-8 Click on the Overview button on the Navigation Toolbar. Then click on the Technical
Data Environment . Find the premise for contract ISU260A3## .
From the tree structure, you can identify the following relationships:
• Four utility installations are allocated to the tree structure:Gas, water, and two for electricity.
• A utility contract, contract account, and business partner is allocated to each utility
installation.
• Meters are allocated to all installations.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 66/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-40
1-9
To display a device, click on the device .
You can now answer the following questions:
Information Electricity Meter Gas Meter
Serial number ISU260A3## ISU260B3##
Device category /
material numberTD-SRA-00 TD-GA-01
Name of device
category
Single rate meter gas meter
Division 01 Gas
Disconnection status Not disconnected Not disconnected
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 67/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-41
Web Client -Solutions
Unit: Interaction Center (IC)
Topic: Customer Contact Management
2-1 From the main window of the IC, enter the selection criteria for the business partner
I SU11030## and confirm the partner.
2-1-1 Click on the I nteraction Record view, Search in the Reason field for a reason
for the complaint and choose ‘4. Problems in Move-in /-out’. Enter some text in
the Notes section and save the interaction. Click on End .
2-2 Identify business partner ISU260A3##.
2-2-1 Click on the Interaction Record view, look at the Interaction History at the bottom
of the page. The system displays a list of all interactions for this customer.
Click on a line to display the customer interaction details.
The following interactions exist:
Date Category Description Status
11.01.07 - Move in [Contract] Open
12.01.07 - Move in [Contract] Open
26.01.07 Complaint Dunning reminder sent Completed
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 68/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-42
2-3
2-3-1 False.
You can also enter customer contact data manually.
The system creates the IC contact automatically based on configuration settings
2-3-2 FalseInteraction records can be cateogrized and grouped using the Reason/Priority
field.
2-3-3 False.
The information system in ERP can evaluate all customer contacts according to
different criteria. Within the IC, however, interactions can only be shown per
business partner.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 69/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-43
Solutions
Unit: Interaction Center (IC)
Topic: Master Data in SAP Utilities
3-1
3-1-1 Once you have identified the customer ISU11010##, click on the Payment Data
view.
In the Existing Payment Data area you can see the currently stored bank details.
3-1-2
Click on the Create New Bank Details button.
In the Bank detail s section, enter new bank details.
In the Bank Key field, use the help to select a bank number, i.e. Chase
Manhattan - 2222222222.
In the Ctry field, confirm US . In the Bank Account field, enter an account number.
Save the changes.
You have now allocated new bank details to the business partner.
3-1-3 In the new line for the bank details, click on the Assignments to Business
Agreements column, where the text currently displays ‘No assignment’. Check
the box for incoming payments and click on the Save button to assign the
payment details to the account. Click on End .
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 70/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-44
3-2 Identify business partner ISU11020##
Click on the Overview view in the Navigation bar.
Click on the Residential Account ISU11020## in the Environment view.
At the detail screen, click on the Edit button.In the Text field, change the value from Residential Account to Private Account ## .
Click on the Save button to save the changes and return to the Overview Screen .
Click on End .
3-3
3-3-1 False.
You can use the SAP business partner model to assign different roles to a
business partner. Only role-specific data which was not entered previously has
to be added.
3-3-2 False.
The contract account settings are such that you can only enter 1 business
partner. However, a business partner can have several contract accounts. When
you customize the contract account category, however, you can define the
contract account so that it can be allocated to several business partners.
3-3-3 True.
The contract account is the structure that allows the billing of posting data for
contracts or contract items that have the same collection/disbursement
agreements. A customer account is managed for a contract account.
3-3-4 False.
The contract is an agreement between a business partners and a utility company
that applies to a particular division. It contains control data for billing, budget
billing plans, and accounts receivable and payable accounting.
The rate data is stored in the installation and in the installation structure.
3-4 In ERP system TNU-770
Execute transaction code CAA3 to view the contract account. Enter account number
ISU11020##The following three logs are located under the Extras menu:
1) Creation data
2) Field changes
3) Account changes
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 71/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-45
3-5
3-5-1 False.
The connection object can also be a piece of land, fountain, or building site.
3-5-2 True.
3-5-3 False.
The connection object is at the top of the functional location hierarchy.
3-5-4 True.
Device locations are mapped as functional locations in the PM component and
the connection object is the superordinate functional location.
3-5-5 False.
Devices are installed in device locations and are thus only indirectly allocated
to the connection object.
3-5-6 False.
The premise is only used in SAP Utilities to group together installations of
different divisions.3-5-7 True.
Devices, registers, and fixed payment billing factors assigned to a premise that
are to be billed jointly are grouped together for a specific division.
A premise can have several installations.
These installations can refer to the same or different divisions.
3-5-8 True.
The billing class and rate category are allocated to the installation.
They have a considerable influence on the billing process.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 72/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-46
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 73/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-47
Solutions
Unit: Interaction Center (IC)
Topic: Financial Information
At the conclusion of this exercise, you will be able to:
• Search for and display financial information about an account in the
FCC
A customer of the company you are working for calls the interaction
center for getting some financial inquiries. You would like to give the
calling customer the information.
4-1 Identify the Account of the customer who is calling you, I SU260A3## .
Get a quick financial overview of the customer.
Enter the identification number in the Account ID field and press enter to confirm/search.
Business Partner will be confirmed and also see the confirmed business partner in the
account info box:
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 74/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 75/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-49
4-1-2 Look at the Interaction History of the customer.
What was the last contact with the customer about?
Click on the Interaction Record view and then navigate to the Interaction
History Overview.
Solution:
The customer got a reminder letter.
4-1-3 What are the amounts of all open items and due items of all involved business
agreement together?
Click on the Account Balance View and view the total balance for all business
agreements in the Account Overview.
Solution:
The sum of all open and due amounts is 700.20 USD.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 76/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-50
4-1-4 Concentrate now on Business Agreement ISU260T 3## .
Which amount of this Business Agreement is open?
Solution:
Actual open amount: 205.86 USD.
These 205.86 USD are open more than 60 days.
You get this in formation i n the Balance overview of the account balance.
4-1-5 What additional information could you see in the Account Balance
Solution:
Last Dunni ng Notice from January 26, 2007
Dunni ng level 01
Total Amount 237.10 USD
Last Bil li ng (with navigation to archived Bil li ng)
Currently no Budget Bi ll ing
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 77/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-51
4-1-6 Are there already installment plans existing for the Business Agreements?
Click on the Installment Plan button to pull up the Installment plan overview.
Solution:
Actual ly there are no existing instal lment plans for the Business Agreement.
4-1-7 End the Contact with the Customer
Solution:
Go to the current I nteraction Record via Navigation bar.
Add a note in the Interaction Record, change the status to “completed” and
save the Interaction Record and use the End Button in the Task bar to End
the contact.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 78/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-52
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 79/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-53
Exercises
Unit: Interaction Center (IC)
Topic: Using the IC
After completing these exercises, you will be able to:
• Describe the purpose of the CIC and the areas in which it can be used
• Use the CIC to work through processes efficiently
As an employee in the customer center, you need to process customer
inquiries quickly, completely, and correctly. This increases both customer
satisfaction and efficiency at work. A sound working knowledge of the ICwill help you achieve this.
1-1 Which three units make up the CIC?
What are their tasks?
Unit 1: _____________________________________________
Task: _____________________________________________
Unit 2: _____________________________________________
Task: _____________________________________________
Unit 3: _____________________________________________
Task: _____________________________________________
Unit 4: _____________________________________________
Task: _____________________________________________
1-2 True or false?
1-2-1 The IC is the central point of access for agents to handle both simple andcomplex business processes.
__________________________________________________
1-2-2 The IC has flexible, powerful search functions.
__________________________________________________
1-2-3 The IC determines the process flows.
__________________________________________________
1-2-4 The IC automates business processes.
__________________________________________________
1-2-5 The data finder always identifies the business partner as the result of a search.
__________________________________________________
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 80/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 81/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-55
Business Partner Number First and last names of business partner
Select Elmer Petersheim and complete the following table:
Question Answer
How many contract accounts are
assigned to Mr. Petersheim?
Which types of contract
does Mr. Petersheim have?
Which devices are
assigned to Mr. Petersheim?
1-7 Display the data environment of the premise for the contract TB010110## .
1-8 From the data environment, save the devices that belong to the premise on the clipboard.
1-9 Display the data for the devices and complete the following table:
Information Electricity
Meter
Gas Meter Water Meter
Serial number
Device category / material number
Name of device category
Division
Current business partner
Current device location
1-10 How can you recognize that advanced search criteria have been entered in the
identification area?
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 82/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-56
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 83/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-57
Exercises
Unit: Interaction Center (IC)
Topic: Customer Contact Management
After completing these exercises, you will be able to:
• Create various customer contacts
• Evaluate and display customer contact history
By documenting all customer contacts comprehensively, you can provide
a more efficient service to your customers. The link to business objects
allows you to access the relevant information instantly.
2-1 Create a customer contact for the following situation:
2-1-1 Customer TB010110## reports a complaint against an employee by telephone.
You record the complaint in a customer contact.
2-1-2 You provide customer TB010110## with general information
that you describe in the customer contact by adding object links.
Insert contract TB010110## and contract account TB010110## .
2-2 Display the contacts
2-2-1 Display all customer contacts in the IC for customer TB010110## . Check the
object list and switch to the detailed display for the object.
How many, and what kind of contacts does the customer have?
Date Class Action Type
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 84/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-58
2-2-2 Use the customer overview in the IC to display the current customer contacts for
customer TB010110## .
2-2-3 Evaluate all the customer contacts.
Display all customer contacts entered with contact class 0008 complaint .
To do this, use the information system.
From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose:Uti li ties I ndustry I nformation System Report Selection
Customer Service Evaluate Customer Contacts
2-3 True or false?
2-3-1 All customer contacts are always created automatically.
______________________________________________________
2-3-2 Customer contacts are divided into contact
classes and further sub-divided into contact activities. ______________________________________________________
2-3-3 Customer contacts can only be displayed for one business partner at a time.
______________________________________________________
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 85/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 86/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-60
3-1-3 Switch from the customer overview to change mode for the contract account,
choose the private account, and enter the new bank details as the payment
method for incoming payments. Save your changes.
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
Return to the IC.
3-2 Customer TB010110## has two contract accounts.
The following exercises are based solely on his Communi ty Account 0## .
The customer notifies you of new bank details that are to be used for automatic debits
from his community account.
3-2-1 In the navigation area, on the Environment tab page, select the contract accountfor business partner TB010110## and choose Change Bank Data .
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
3-2-2 Enter new bank details for the business partner and save your data.
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
3-2-3 Enter the new bank details as the payment method for incoming payments in the
contract account and save your data.
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
3-2-4 Enter a remark in the customer contact and save your data.
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
3-3 Change the contract description for electricity contract TB010130## in the community
account .
Change the description from Electricity Contract to Communi ty Contract 0## .
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 87/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-61
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
End the contact.
3-4 True or false?
3-4-1 Data for a business partner who is also a contract partner, installer, and contact
person, has to be entered more than once.
______________________________________________________
3-4-2 The contract account can be assigned to several business partners.
______________________________________________________
3-4-3 The contract account is the contract partner’s customer account. ______________________________________________________
3-4-4 The contract contains rate data for all divisions.
______________________________________________________
3-5 Name three different logs that are updated when master data is created or changed.
List the changes for each log.
To do this, use contract TB010130## .
1. __________________________________________________________
2. __________________________________________________________
3. __________________________________________________________
3-6 True or false?
3-6-1 The connection object is always a building.
______________________________________________________
3-6-2 The connection object can comprise one or more premises.
______________________________________________________
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 88/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 89/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-63
Solutions
Unit: Interaction Center (IC)
Topic: Using the IC
1-1
Unit 1: Identification
Task: Select data using flexible search criteria.
Unit 2: Navigation Area
Task: Specific information for customer inquiries.
Start comprehensive business processes using SAP Business Workflow,
amongst other things.
Unit 3: Application Area
Task: Own overview pages containing, for example, SAP Business Workflow, inbox,
CIC contact management, and much more.
Unit 4: Action Box
Task: Calls business processes.
1-2
1-2-1 True.
The IC integrates both simple information and environment displays and
workflow processes that are used to control comprehensive business processes.
1-2-2 True.
The IC enables you to enter a variety of search criteria in order to find the data
for a business partner.
A business partner can be determined by means of the name or device number,
for example.
1-2-3 False.The IC can be flexibly adjusted to the process flows of the user groups.
True.
The IC supports the user when working through process flows.
1-2-4 True.
Since IC and workflow processes are integrated in the IC, business processes are
controlled and forwarded automatically.
1-2-5 False.
The data finder identifies the business objects you were searching for and that
belong to a business partner.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 90/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-64
1-3 Call the IC.
From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose:
Uti li ties I ndustry→ Customer Service Front-Of fi ce/Customer I nteraction Center
Customer I nteraction Center
Switch to the data finder and click on All Search Criteria .
Go to the Technical Data tab page.
In the Device data area, enter the number TB010110## in the Serial Number field.
Exit the data finder by choosing Continue.
Choose Continue twice.
The first time you choose Continue, the system searches for the data using the selection
criteria. If the system finds data that meets the search criteria, the second time you
choose Continue confirms the search criteria.
The system displays the premise in which the device is located.
It also displays all the master data for the business partner.
1-4 Select the premise in the navigation area on the Environment tab page.
The object is highlighted in color.
Click on the right mouse button and choose Connection Object Environment and then
Continue.
Premise Number Short Text
TB010110## Massachusetts Avenue 0##, Boston
TB010120## Massachusetts Avenue 0##, Boston
1-5 Return to the IC.
Choose End Contact .
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 91/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-65
1-6 In the identification area, search for the street in which the connection object is located.
Enter the search criteria.
Since this connection object contains more than one business partner,
all the business partners appear in the hit list.
Business Partner Number First Name/Last Name
TB010110## Elmer PetersheimTB010120## Constance Bishop
Select Mr. Elmer Petersheim.
The system displays the data environment for the business partner.
You can now answer the following questions:
Question Answer
How many contract accounts are
assigned to Mr. Petersheim?
Mr. Petersheim has two contract accounts:
Private account: TB010110##
Community account: TB010120##
Which types of contract
does Mr. Petersheim have?
Mr. Petersheim has four utility contracts:
Electricity contract: TB010110##
Gas contract: TB010180##
Water contract: TB010120##
Electricity contract: TB010130##
Which devices are
assigned to Mr. Petersheim?
Mr. Petersheim has 3 devices:
Double rate meter for electricity: TB010110##
Water meter: TB010120####
Gas meter: TB010180##
1-7 Select the premise and choose Premise Environment .
From the tree structure, you can identify the following relationships:
• Four utility installations are allocated to the tree structure:
Gas, water, and two for electricity.
• A utility contract, contract account, and business partner is allocated to each utility
installation.
• One electricity installation has no devices.
This is a flat-rate installation that does not measure consumption or energy.
• Meters are allocated to all the other installations.
1-8 You are in the environment for premise TB010110## .To save all the devices to the clipboard,
repeat the following procedure for each device:
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 92/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 93/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-67
Solutions
Unit: Interaction Center (IC)
Topic: Customer Contact Management
2-1
2-1-1 Call the IC.
From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose:
Uti li ties I ndustry→ Customer Service
Front-Of fi ce/Customer I nteraction Center Customer I nteraction Center
Select your customer.In the Actions box, choose Contact Create (call group Customer ).
In the Class field, enter the value 0008 Complaint .
In the Acti on f ield, enter the value 0001 Complaint about employee .
Enter a reason for the complaint in the editor and save the contract.
2-1-2 Call the same function again.
In the Class fi eld, enter the value 1001 Information .
In the Action f ield, enter the value 1001 General i nformation provided .
Enter a text of your choice for the information in the editor.
Switch to the Business Objects tab page.
To add links, click on the Add Objects button.
Choose an object role that references the object type Contract .
The system calls the data finder to search for the specific contract.
In the contract field, enter TB010110## and choose Find .
The electricity contract is included in the link list.
Proceed in a similar way to add contract account TB010110## to the list. Save
the contact.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 94/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-68
2-2
2-2-1 Choose the Documents tab page in the navigation area.
Choose Refresh.
The system displays a list of all contacts for this customer.
By double-clicking on the line, you can display the customer contact.
You can configure the system to display customer contacts in the applicationarea on the Customer overview tab page. The following contacts exist:
Date Class Action Type
10.03.99 Move-in New customer moves in -
16.04.98 Move-in New customer moves in -
16.04.98 Move-in New customer moves in -
Today’s date Complaint Complaint about employee
Today’s date Info. General information provided
2-2-2 In the Info group in the Actions box, choose Customer overview .
The current customer contacts are listed in the table in the middle of the screen.
By double-clicking on the individual contacts, you activate the detail display.
2-2-3 From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose:
Uti li ties I ndustry I nformation System Report Selection Customer
Service Evaluate Customer Contacts .
Enter Contact Class 0008 Complaint as the selection cr iterion. Choose Execute (F8 ).All contacts relating to complaints are displayed.
Return to the IC.
2-3
2-3-1 False.
You can also enter customer contact data manually.
The system creates the IC contact automatically.
To stop the customer contact being created, deactivate the contact log.
2-3-2 True.
2-3-3 False.
The information system can evaluate all customer contacts according to
different criteria.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 95/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-69
Solutions
Unit: Interaction Center (IC)
Topic: Master Data in SAP Utilities
3-1
3-1-1 Once you have identified the customer, call the Customer overview in the
Information call group.
Double-click on the account Pri vate Account 0## .
The system takes you to the master data display for the contract account.
Switch to the Payments/Taxes tab page.
In the I ncoming Payments area in the Bank Det. Inc. field you can see the bank
details for incoming payments.
Return to the customer overview.
3-1-2 Place the cursor in the address field of the business partner.
Choose Change (F5 ).
The system takes you to the change master data screen for the business partner.
Switch to the Payment Transactions tab page.
Enter new bank details.
In the ID field, enter GIRO .In the Ctry field, enter US .
In the Bank Account field, enter an account number.
In the Bank Key field, use the F4 help to select a bank number.
Save the changes.
You have now allocated new bank details to the business partner.
Return to the customer overview.
3-1-3 Position the cursor on Pri vate Account 0## .
Choose Change.The system takes you to the change master data screen for the contract account.
Switch to the Payment/Taxes tab page.Enter the new bank details for incoming payments.
Under I ncoming Payments , enter GIRO in the Bank Det. I nc. field. When you
double-click on the Bank Det. Inc. field, the system displays the new bank data.
Save the changes.
You have now defined new bank details for incoming payments and have
returned to the customer overview.
Return to the IC.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 96/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-70
3-2
3-2-1 In the navigation area, select the second contract account.
Right-click to call Change Bank Data .
3-2-2 The system takes you to the business partner, to record the new bank details.
Switch to the Payment Transactions tab page.
Enter new bank details.In the ID field, enter COM .
In the Country field, enter US .
In the Bank Account field, enter an account number.
In the Bank Key field, use the F4 help to select a bank number.
Save the changes.
You have now entered new bank details for the business partner and have
been automatically directed to the selected contract account.
3-2-3 In the contract account, switch to the Payment/Taxes tab page.
In the Bank Det. I nc. field, enter COM .
When you double-click on the Bank Det. Inc. field, the system displays the new bank data.
Save the changes.
You have now defined new bank details for incoming payments.
3-2-4 In the last step, you created a customer contact.
Enter a comment in the notes field at the bottom of the screen and save the
changes.
3-3
In the navigation area, select the contract and choose Change .In the Text field, enter the name Communi ty contract 0## . Save the changes and return
to the IC.
3-4
3-4-1 False.
You can use the SAP business partner model to assign different roles to a
business partner. Only role-specific data which was not entered previously has
to be added.
3-4-2 False.The contract account settings are such that you can only enter 1 business
partner. However, a business partner can have several contract accounts. When
you customize the contract account category, however, you can define the
contract account so that it can be allocated to several business partners.
3-4-3 True.
The contract account is the structure that allows the billing of posting data for
contracts or contract items that have the same collection/disbursement
agreements. A customer account is managed for a contract account.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 97/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-71
3-4-4 False.
The contract is an agreement between a business partners and a utility company
that applies to a particular division. It contains control data for billing, budget
billing plans, and accounts receivable and payable accounting.
The rate data is stored in the installation and in the installation structure.
3-5
Enter the contract in the data finder and identify the business partner data. Double-click on
the contract TB010130## to display the master data.
The following three logs are located under the Extras menu:
1) Creation data
2) Field changes
3) Contract changes
3-6
3-6-1 False.
The connection object can also be a piece of land, fountain, or building site.
3-6-2 True.
3-6-3 False.
The connection object is at the top of the functional location hierarchy.
3-6-4 True.
Device locations are mapped as functional locations in the PM component and
the connection object is the superordinate functional location.
3-6-5 False.
Devices are installed in device locations and are thus only indirectly allocated
to the connection object.
3-6-6 False.
The premise is only used in SAP Utilities to group together installations of
different divisions.
3-6-7 True.
Devices, registers, and fixed payment billing factors assigned to a premise that
are to be billed jointly are grouped together for a specific division.
A premise can have several installations.These installations can refer to the same or different divisions.
3-6-8 True.
The billing class and rate category are allocated to the installation.
They have a considerable influence on the billing process.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 98/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 2-72
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 99/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-1
SAP AG 2009
The business processes New Contract, EndContract and Move Contract initiated in CRM andMove-In, Move-In/Out and Move-Out in ERP
Effects on both the business and technical masterdata
Contents:
Move-In/Out
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 100/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-2
SAP AG 2009
Move-In/Out: Unit Objectives
At the conclusion of this unit, you will be able to:
Describe the business processesMove-In, Move-Out, and Move-In/Out
Describe the business processes New Contract,End Contract and Move Contract
Execute the business processesMove-In, Move-Out, and Move-In/Out
Explain the changes to the master data
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 101/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-3
SAP AG 2009
Move-In: Business Scenario
A customer calls and requests to initiate service in
a location.
You execute the process with the following steps:
Check if the customer is an existing business
partner
Search for and identify the premise as well as the
start date for the service
Enter and check the personal data
Check the meter reading results
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 102/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-4
SAP AG 2009
Definition of Move-In
Move-In
Installation
Contract
With a Move-In, a contract is generatedfor each selected installation at a
premise
Contractaccount
Businesspartner
You use the Move-In to execute a large number of activities that are required to create the business
partner supply. You create business master data or change existing data. In particular, you allocate a
contract to an installation.
When you process a move-in, you can make a contract billable. You can also trigger payment
requests levied at the start of supply and a welcome letter from the Move-In.
The New Contract creation process in CRM also generates a Move-in in ERP.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 103/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-5
SAP AG 2009
Move-In: Prerequisite Technical Master Data
Connection
object
Premise
Installation
Device
The following technical master
data must be entered before
Move-In:
Connection object
Premise
Installation
A device can be installed
before Move-In, but this is nota prerequisite.
The technical master data is represented in CRM by the IBase and IBase components.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 104/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-6
SAP AG 2009
Move-In: Business Master Data
Businesspartner
Contractaccount
Contract
Should be re-used for existingcustomers
Can be re-used for existingcustomers
Is created during Move-In
Each of these entities can be created during the Move-in process itself.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 105/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 106/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-8
SAP AG 2009
Contract Management - Master Data
SAP CRMSAP IS-U
Contract
Business Agreement
Business
Partner
ConnectionObject
PoD
Contract
Contract Account
Business
Partner
Installation
Billing
Bill
ConnectionObject
ConsumptionPremise
PoD &Premise
New
The New Contract creation process connects technical and business master data in CRM and ERP.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 107/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-9
SAP AG 2009
Move-In to SAP Utilities House
Service Connection ElectricityService Connection: GasService Conn. Water
Supplygrid
Street
Basement
Apartment 2
Apartment 3
Apartment 1EntranceHall
Connection Object
= Premise
Dev. location:Basement
Dev. location:
Basement
Dev. location:Corridor
Dev. location:Corridor
Businesspartner
Contractaccount
Contractaccount
Utilityinstallation 1:
Electr. meter
Utilityinstallation 1:
Electr. meter
Utilityinstallation 2:Gas meter
Utilityinstallation 2:Gas meter
Contract 1:Electricity
Contract 1:Electricity
Contract 2:Gas
Contract 2:Gas
Utilityinstallation 3:
Water meter
Utilityinstallation 3:
Water meter
Contract 3:
Water
Contract 3:
Water
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 108/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-10
SAP AG 2009
Move-In: Process
Customer
moves in
Contract
Business
partner, account
Welcome
letter
Meter
reading
Customer
contact
Customer
visit/
call
Vali-
dation
Budget billing
plan
Move-Incompleted
Security
deposit
Co n trac t
Ban k details 1
Pa yme ntm e thod1
A lter nat i ve payer 1
....CA docu me nt1
CA doc u ment 3
31July
BBamount
€ 250
Move-in
Mrs. Smith
Move-in/out
Move-In
Necessary Move-In steps:
• Identify premise
• Identify or enter customer
• Select and, if necessary, process contract account or create new contract account
• Create contracts
Optional Move-In steps:
• Supplement contact data
• Prepare and carry out move-in meter reading
• Record results of move-in meter reading
• Maintain rate data
• Check whether the billing construct can be billed
• Maintain creditworthiness manually, or display result of automatic scoring
• Request cash security deposit
• Create budget billing plan
• Create welcome letter
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 109/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-11
SAP AG 2009
Move-Out: Business Scenario
A customer reports a Move-Out.
You execute the Move-Out with the following steps:
Identify the customer
Enter the Move-Out date
Maintain the personal data (new address)
Create a meter reading order
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 110/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-12
SAP AG 2009
Move-Out Move-Outcomplete
Customer reports
Move-Out
Contact data
Contract Final meter
reading results
Finalbilling
Budgetbillingplan
Move-Out
confirmation
Customermoves-out
Co n trac t
Bank deta ils 1
Pa yment me thod1
A lte rna tive pa yer 1
.... F I-CA docu me nt 1
FI-CA docum en t3
31July
BBamount$250
X
X
Move-Out: Process
Essential steps for Move-Out
• Identify and choose customer and contract
• Enter Move-Out date
• Enter final meter reading results
Optional steps for Move-Out
• Add contact data
• Edit the customer moving out and the contract account
• Prepare and carry out final meter reading
• Carry out final billing immediately and print and issue final invoice
• Create move-out confirmation
IS-U will do the following for you:
• Terminate contracts
• Stop any budget billing collection
• Suspend any current dunning procedure
• Change any dunning procedures that may affect open items
• The Move-out terminates the relationship between the business master data and the technical
data, timesliced by the move-out date.
• The End Contract process initiated in CRM generates a Move-out and terminates the relationship.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 111/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-13
SAP AG 2009
Move-In/Out: Business Example
A new customer reports a Move-In and the Move-Out of the previous customer.
You execute the Move-In/Out with the followingsteps:
Check if the customer is an existing businesspartner
Enter the premise and the Move-In/Out date
Enter and check the personal data
Enter the meter-reading results
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 112/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-14
SAP AG 2009
Move-Out Move-In
T r a n s p o r t
Move-In/Out: Process
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 113/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 114/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-16
SAP AG 2009
Move-In/Out: No Changes to Installation Data
Move-Out
Contract 2
01.02.2003
. 3rd
Move-In
Nov. 2nd Dec. 2nd Jan Mar. 3rd Apr. 3rd May 3rdFeb. 3rd
Customer 1 Customer 2
Installation
Move-in
Contract 1
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 115/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 116/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 117/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-19
Exercises – Web Client
Unit: Move-In/Out
Topic: New Contract Creation
After completing these exercises, you will be able to:
• Process new contract creation via CRM
• Display the generated contract in ECC
A customer comes in person to the service center and informs you that she
would like utility contracts for an unoccupied apartment.
You use the IC to perform the move-in with today’s date as the start date.
1-1 Logon with user IUT110-## to the SAP CRM System TPZ .
1-2 A business partner requests to initiate service at a location
1-2-1 Identify the customer
The customer tells you his name is Tom SnyderHe provides his address as 30## Elm Street, New York City
Identify the customer in the system.
1-2-2 Confirm the premise to be moved into
Mr Snyder needs a contract for the apartment at 30## Park Avenue.
Search for and confirm the premise into which Mr Snyder wants to move.
The premise should then be copied into the Account Information section of the IC
and the technical data copied Enter the number of the connection object here:
_____________
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 118/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-20
1-2-3 Execute the new contract creation
In the IC, begin the process using the Contract Management item on the
Navigation bar and by choosing New Contracts .
The system defaults the current date as the move-in date.
Perform the move-in for all the installations in the premise.
Enter ISU_ELE_RESI as the product.
Enter a new home phone number to be used: (212) 555-30##
Enter a new cash security request for 100 USD.
After saving the process, enter the number of the new contract here:
____________________________
1-2-4 Log into the TNU-770 backend system and inspect the contract which has been
created in the previous step.
The logon process is described in the Soluti on of this exercise .
1-2-5 Display the new information for the current business partner in the overview
Display the account balance overview.
You can find a security deposit request here.
Display it and note the document number:
______________________________________________________
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 119/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 120/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-22
2-1-3 Perform the move-out
In the IC, perform the move-out by choosing Contract Management > End
Contracts .
Verify the contract(s) selected for completion.
End date
Last day of the current monthOn the Account & Payment Data view, enter a new phone number for Mr.
Jackson.
Click on the Submit button to save the process.
View the results
Click on the End button to end the interaction.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 121/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-23
Exercises – Web Client(optional)
Chapter 3:
Move In/Out – Start of Supply via IC WebClient
At the conclusion of this exercise, you will be able to:
• Execute standard IC WebClient processes for Utilities
• Get familiar with the related configuration
A potential customer hears that the retailer, Sunshine Inc., offers good
prices for supplying electricity. He would like to start his supply with the
supplier Sunshine Inc.
The prospect contacts the call center agent. The Agent identifies the caller
and enters his service location into the system. Afterwards he starts a
Start of Supply process for this new customer.
4-1 Logon with user IUT110-## to the SAP CRM System TPZ or TTZ .
Check, whether the new customer is already known in the system.
In the Search for Business Partner area enter the following data:
Name Last Kidman##
Name First Alice
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 122/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 123/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 124/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-26
1-2-3 Execute the new contract creation
In the IC, begin the process using the Contract Management item on the
Navigation bar and by choosing New Contracts .
Perform the move-in for all the installations in the premise.
Enter ISU_ELE_RESI as the product.Click on Account and Payment Data to follow the guided procedure.
Enter a new home phone number to be used: (212) 555-30##
Click on the Security Deposit Amount field to bring up the Security Deposit
Requests view. Enter a requested amount of 100 USD and a reason New
customer .
Click on Summary to follow the guided procedure and finish the transaction.
Verify that the transaction is complete and click on the Submit button.
After saving the process, you can find the contract number in the contract list.1-2-4 Log into the TNU-770 backend system and inspect the contract which has been
created in the previous step.
From the SAPlogon pad, choose system TNU. Enter client number 770.
Log into TNU-770 with userid IUT110-## and initial password init .
Execute transaction ES22 – Display Contract and enter the contract number
from the previous step. Navigate to the 3rd tab to see the product allocation and
the other move-in information.
1-2-5 Back in the CRM system, click on the Overview button in the Navigation bar to
view the data environment for the customer.
Click on the Account Balance button in the Navigation bar to view the account
balance overview.
Clcik on the hotspot in the Balance Overview view to view the acount balance
and the related documents.
The document shown is the Cash Security Deposit Request created during the
move-in.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 125/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-27
Solutions – Web Client
Unit: Move-In/Out
Topic: Move-Out
2-1 Business partner move-out
2-1-1 Identify the customer
David Jackson lives in Elm Street 40##, 10022 New York City.
Identify the customer in the system.
Once you have done this, the business partner should be available in the IC.
Account number ISU11040##
2-1-2 Obtain an overview of the data environment of Mr Jackson. To do this, click onthe Overview view from the Navigation bar
How many contract accounts does he have? One
account_________________
How many utility contracts does he have? ___One
contract_________________
Complete the following table with the corresponding object keys:
Division Contract Installation
Are there any outstanding receivables for Mr Jackson’s account?
_No___________________________________________________
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 126/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-28
2-1-3 Perform the move-out
In the IC, perform the move-out by choosing Contract Management > End
Contracts .
Verify the contract(s) selected for completion.
End dateLast day of the current month
On the Account & Payment Data view, enter a new phone number for Mr.
Jackson.
Click on the Submit button to save the process.
View the results
Click on the End button to end the interaction.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 127/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-29
Solution – Web Client (optional)
Chapter 3:
Move In/Out – Start of Supply via IC WebClient
At the conclusion of this exercise, you will be able to:
• Execute standard IC WebClient processes for Utilities
• Get familiar with the related configuration
A potential customer hears that the retailer, Sunshine Inc., offers good
prices for supplying electricity. He would like to start his supply with the
supplier Sunshine Inc.
The prospect contacts the call center agent. The Agent identifies the caller
and enters his service location into the system. Afterwards he starts a
Start of Supply process for this new customer.
4-1 Logon with user IUT110-## to the SAP CRM System TPZ or TTZ .
The logon process is described in the Soluti on of the optional Exercise in Chapter 2 .
Check, whether the new customer is already known in the system.
In the Search for Business Partner area enter the following data:
Name Last Kidman##
Name First Alice
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 128/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-30
4-2 Create a new Service Location.
In the Connection Object area enter the following data:
Street Castle Dr ive ##
City 69190 Walldorf
Country DE
Region 08
In the Premise area enter the following data:
Number of Persons 2
Floor 1
Premise Type Three-room apartment
In the Point-Of-Delivery area enter the following data:
PoD ID ISU_POD_1##
Division Electricity
Grid Level Type Vol tage Level is preset as soon as you entered Electricity Grid Level Low Voltage
Grid Low Voltage Grid SWB
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 129/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-31
4-3 Start the Start of Supply Process
Create a contract for the Point-of-Delivery.
Choose Contract Management -> New Contracts .
Product ISU_E_SUPPLY_01
Start date The f ir st of the over-next month
Choose Action_ID Start of Supply (NS view).
Enter the Market Communication Data.
Distributor SP_SWA (= key of Municipal Utility Company)
New Service Provider SP_SAG (= key of your Company Sunshine Inc.)
Choose Account and Payment Data :
Create a new Business Agreement :
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 130/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 131/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-33
Exercises - CIC
Unit: Move-In/Out
Topic: Move-In
After completing these exercises, you will be able to:
• Process a complete move-in in the system
• Display the generated move-in document
A customer comes in person to the service center and informs you that she
would like utility contracts for an unoccupied apartment.
You use the IC to perform the move-in with today’s date as the start date.
1-1 A business partner moves in to a premise.
1-1-1 Identify the customer
The customer tells you her name is Constance Bishop.
She is currently living in Massachusetts Avenue 0##, 02116 Boston.
Identify the customer in the system.
Once you have done this, the business partner should be available in the IC.
1-1-2 Identify the new premise
Mrs Bishop needs contracts for the new apartment on East Side Highway 0##.
Identify the premise into which Mrs Bishop wants to move.
The premise should then appear on the Clipboard tab page. From the Find action,
choose I denti fy Premise . In the data finder, choose the Technical Data tab page
and enter the street and house number in the Connection Object area.
Choose Find .
If a premise is found, this will appear in the navigation area on the Clipboard tab
page. Select the entry and display the premise by clicking on the right mouse
button and choosing the Display action.Enter the number of the premise here: _____________
Choose Envir onment -> Data to answer the following question:
Which installations for Mrs Bishop's new apartment are in the premise? Enter
them in the following table:
Installation number Division
Return to the IC.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 132/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-34
1-1-3 Perform the move-in
In the IC, perform the move-in from the Move I /O action by choosing M/In:
Known Customer .
Use the objects that you saved to the Clipboard tab page. Select these two entries
on the Clipboard.
The system prompts you to maintain the move-in date in an
additional step in the IC. Enter today’s date here.
When you are asked, Do you want to adopt an existing contract account? ,
answer No.
Perform the move-in for all the installations in the premise.
You are now in the move-in processing screen.
Name/Administration tab page
In the contact data, record the fact that Mrs Bishop came by in person.
Bank Data tab page
Since Mrs Bishop has confirmed that she will continue to use the same
account, you do not need to make any changes here.
Payment Data tab page
Check the payment methods that were entered. Mrs Bishop has agreed that any
credit may be transferred to her bank account.
Change the outgoing payment method accordingly.
Contracts tab page
Enter the following values in the new contracts:
Switch between the contracts by clicking on the Electricity,
Gas, and Water tab pages.
Division Contract Text
01 East Side Highway 0## – Electricity
02 East Side Highway 0## – Gas
03 East Side Highway 0## – Water
Meter Reading Data tab page
Check whether meter readings already exist
If not, estimate them:
Select all the registers and choose Estimate.
Save the move-in.
Return to the IC.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 133/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-35
1-1-4 Display the current business partner data.
Choose Refresh in the navigation area on the Environment tab page.
The system displays the new data you have created.
Choose Refresh in the navigation area on the Documents tab page.
A new contract exists.
Display this by double-clicking on it.
Choose the Business Objects tab page.You can find the move-in document here now.
Display it and note the document number:
______________________________________________________
1-1-5 Customer overview
Display the customer overview for Constance Bishop.
Note the premise in the bottom part of the screen.
1-1-6 Customer environment
Display the customer environment for Constance Bishop.
1-2 True or false?
1-2-1 Move-in is a workflow process.
______________________________________________________
1-2-2 A move-in connects the contracts of a business partner to the installations of a
premise.
______________________________________________________
1-2-3 The installation shows the move-in date.
______________________________________________________
1-2-4 When a move-in takes place, a business partner and his/her contract accounts
and contracts must already exist in the system.
______________________________________________________
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 134/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-36
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 135/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-37
Exercises - CIC
Unit: Move-In/Out
Topic: Move-Out
After completing these exercises, you will be able to:
• Process a complete move-out in the system
• Display the generated move-out document
A customer telephones and informs you that she is moving out at the end
of the month.
You perform the move-out in the IC and enter the customer’s new
address.
You also request a meter reading order.
2-1 Business partner move-out
2-1-1 Identify the customer
Sarah Peterson lives in Massachusetts Avenue 1##, 02116 Boston.
Identify the customer in the system.
Once you have done this, the business partner should be available in the IC.
2-1-2 Obtain an overview of the data environment of Mrs Peterson. To do this, choose
Customer Environment .
How many contract accounts does she have?
_________________________
How many utility contracts does she have? _________________________
Complete the following table with the corresponding object keys:
Division Contract Installation
Are there any outstanding receivables for Mrs Peterson’s account?
______________________________________________________
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 136/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-38
2-1-3 Perform the move-out
In the IC, perform the move-out from the Move I /O action by choosing
Move-Out Partner .
Use the object that you saved to the Clipboard tab page. Select the business
partner Sarah Peterson on the Clipboard.
Move-out date
Last day of the current month
Address Data tab page
Enter Mrs Peterson's new address:
Independence Avenue 0##, 02116 Boston.
MR Data tab page
Create a meter reading order for the meters.
Save the move-out.
Return to the IC and update your data.
...
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 137/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-39
Exercises - CIC
Unit: Move-In/Out
Topic: Move-In/Out
After completing these exercises, you will be able to:
• Perform a move-in/out in the system
• Display related documents
• Understand the move-in/out data environment
Harry Jones is moving into the premise
Constitution Avenue 0##, 02116 Boston, tomorrow.
The previous tenant moved out of the premise today.
Mr Jones reports the move-out and his subsequent move-in, and provides
the meter readings for all the registers.
3-1 Move-in/move-out of a premise
3-1-1 Identify the new customer
Determine whether Harry0## Jones is already a customer.
Mr Jones does not exist in the system.
Create the business partner in the selection area.
To do this, choose the Create button and maintain the following data:
Field Name Value
Title Mr
Category Person
Gender Male
Last name Jones
First name Harry0##
Street Constitution Avenue
Number 0##
Postal code 02116
City Boston
Country US
Choose Enter .
Identify Mr Jones again and then choose Enter twice.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 138/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-40
3-1-2 Identify the premise and its environment
Identify the premise Constitution Avenue 0##, Boston. From the Info action, choose
Connection Object Envi ronment .
Find out who was previously registered as a contract partner at that address.
Business Partner Number: _____________________________
Name: _____________________________________________
Select the premise and choose Object to Clipboard or F8 .
3-1-3 Perform the move-in/out
Perform the move-in/out in the IC by starting Premise Move-I n/Out . Use the objects
stored on the Clipboard to do this, namely the business partner Harry0## Jones and
the premise Constituti on Avenue 0##,02116 Boston.
You are on the initial move-in/out screen.
You can check the move-in or move-out date from here, for example.
ChooseEnter
.You are now in move-out processing.
Move-out: Address Data tab page
Enter Mrs Smith's new address:
Apple Tr ee Lane 0## , 12345 Washington DC .
Move-out: MR Data tab page
Estimate all the meter readings.
Move-out: Save the move-out.
You are now in move-in processing.
Move-in: Bank Data tab page
Mr Jones has account number 08154711## with the Mellon Bank in Boston .
Move-in: Payment Data tab page
Mr Jones agrees to a direct debit and would like any credit balances to be
transferred to this account.
Move-in: MR Data tab page
Check the meter reading data.
Have the meter readings from the move-out been transferred?
What is their meter reading type?
Move-in: Save the move-in.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 139/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-41
3-1-4 Data environment for the premise after the move-in/out
Display the premise environment.
Which new contracts were created?
Division Contract Installation
Switch the view from today’s data to a view that comprises the data for a
particular period (for example 01/01/1998 to tomorrow).
Note that the historical display of the contracts for the premise’s installation
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 140/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-42
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 141/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-43
Solutions - CIC
Unit: Move-In/Out
Topic: Move-In
1-1 Business partner move-in to a premise
Uti li ties I ndustry→ Customer Service→ Front-Of fi ce/Customer I nteraction Center
→ Customer I nteraction Center
1-1-1 Identify the customer
Enter the following data in the search criteria:
Field Name Value
Last name Bishop or Bish*
First name Constance or Co*
Street Massachusetts Avenue or M*
House number 0##
Postal code 02100 or initial value
City Boston or initial value
Choose Enter until the data is displayed in the navigation area.You can now find the identified business partner on the Clipboard tab page.
1-1-2 Identify the new premise.
Enter the following data in the search criteria on the Technical Data tab page:
Field Name Value
Street East Side Highway or Ea*
House number 0##
You can now find the premise you were looking for on the Clipboard tab page.
To display the desired premise information:
Select the premise on the Clipboard tab page
and click the right mouse button to choose Display.
In the premise display, choose Environment Data.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 142/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-44
The number of the premise is TB060110## .
Installation number Division
TB060110## Electricity
TB060120## Water
TB060170## GasReturn to the IC.
1-1-3 Perform the move-in
The business partner line on the clipboard is selected.
Select the premise line on the clipboard too.
In the Move I /O action, choose M/in: known customer .
Enter today’s date in the Move-in date field.
Choose Execute (F8 ).
When you are asked, Do you want to adopt an existing contract account? ,answer no.
Confirm that you want to execute the move-in for all three installations in the
premise.
Name/Administration tab page, Contact Data view
The personal visit that Mrs Bishop makes to the customer center is saved as the
type of contact. Use the F4 input help top select the value Personal .
Payment Data tab page
Field Name Value
Outgoing Payment
Methods
B
Outgoing Bank Details 1
Contracts tab page
Division Contract Text
01 East Side Highway 0## – Electricity
02 East Side Highway 0## – Gas
03 East Side Highway 0## – Water
Meter Reading Data tab page
Check whether meter readings already exist
If not, estimate them.
Select all the registers and choose Estimate.
Save the move-in.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 143/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-45
1-1-4 Display the business partner data.
Proceed as described in the exercise.
1-1-5 Customer Overview
From the Info action, choose Customer Overview .
Return to the IC.1-1-6 Customer environment
From the Info action, choose Customer Envir onment .
Return to the IC.
1-2 True or false?
1-2-1 False.
All steps must be performed by one employee at the same time and without
interruption.
1-2-2 True.
1-2-3 False.
Move-in and move-out dates are managed in the contract.
However, the installation is assigned to a contract after move-in.
1-2-4 False.
During move-in, a new business partner can be added and the contract account
and contracts created.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 144/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-46
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 145/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-47
Solutions - CIC
Unit: Move-In/Out
Topic: Move-Out
2-1 Business partner move out
Uti li ties I ndustry→ Customer Service→ Front-Of fi ce/Customer I nteraction Center
→ Customer I nteraction Center
2-1-1 Identify the customer
Enter the following data in the search criteria:
Field Name Value
Last name Peterson or Pe*
First name Sarah
Street Massachusetts Avenue
House number 1##
Postal code 02116 or initial value
City Boston or initial value
Choose Enter until the data is available in the navigation area.
You can find the identified business partner on the clipboard now too.
2-1-2 Navigation area: Customer overview and customer environment
From the Info action, choose Customer Envir onment .
How many contract accounts does Mrs. Peterson have?
No. of contract accounts Contract account number
1 TB010140##
How many utility contracts does Mrs. Peterson have? 2
Division Contract Installation
Electricity TB010160## TB010160##
Water TB010170## TB010170##
Return to the Customer Interaction Center.
From the Info action, choose Customer Overview .
Are there any outstanding receivables for Mrs. Peterson’s account? Yes.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 146/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-48
2-1-3 Perform the move-out
The business partner line on the clipboard is selected.
From the Move I /O action, choose Move-out partner .
Enter the move-out date
Name/Admini stration tab page, Address Data viewField Name Values
Street Independence Avenue
House number 0##
Postal code 02116
City Boston
Meter reading data tab page
Activate the service noti f /order indicator.
Save the move-out.
Return to the IC.
Update the Environment and Documents tab pages in the navigation area.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 147/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-49
Solutions - CIC
Unit: Move-In/Out
Topic: Move-In/Out
3-1 Move-in/out of a premise
Uti li ties I ndustry→ Customer Service→ Fr ont Off ice/Customer I nteraction Center→
Customer Interaction Center
3-1-1 Identify the new customer
Enter the following data in the search criteria:
Field Name Value
Last name Jones
First name Harry0##
Search results:
Using the specif ied selections, no object f rom in the business partner category
was found.
Create the business partner.
Choose Enter until the data for the new business partner you have created
appears on the clipboard.
3-1-2 Identify the premise and its environment
Proceed as described in the exercise.
Business partner Last name
TB00011001 Ashley Smith
Return to the IC .
3-1-3 Perform a move-in/out for a premise.
Select both objects from the clipboard.
From theMove I /O
action, choosePremise move-in/out
. You can correct any datahere if necessary.
You start processing the move-in/out by choosing Enter .
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 148/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-50
Move-out: Address data tab page
Field Name Values
Street Apple Tree Lane
House number 0##
Postal code 12345City Washington DC
Move-out: Tab page MR Data
Select all registers
Choose Estimate.
Move-out: Save the move-out document.
The system switches to move-in processing.
Move-in : Bank Data tab page Field Name Values
ID 1
Country US
Bank Key 083000108
Bank Account 08154711##
Move-in: Payment Data tab page
Field Name Values
Incoming Payment Method D (Direct debit)
Incoming Bank Details 1
Outgoing Payment Methods B (Outgoing paym./bank
transfer)
Outgoing Bank Details 1
Move-in: MR Data tab page The meter readings are taken from move-out processing.
The meter reading type is 04 Derived meter reading.
Move-in: Save the move-in document.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 149/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-51
3-1-4 Data environment of the premise after the move-in/out
In the navigation area refresh the Environment tab page.
Use the right mouse button to select the premise and choose Premise
environment .
New contracts
Division Contract Installation
Internally assigned contract number TB000110##
Internally assigned contract number TB000120##
Data environment from 01/01/1998 – to date
Choose Per iod F7 and enter 01.01.1998 in the Valid from field.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 150/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 3-52
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 151/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 4-1
SAP AG 2009
Technical Objects in Work Management
Service Orders and Service Objects
Service Products
Interfaces to External Systems
Contents:
Work Management
In a utility company a large number of work orders are accepted, planned, calculated, carried out,
and if necessary, billed to a customer. SAP Utilities uses functions that already exist in the various
components of the SAP standard system to manage these orders. These functions are merged with
specific business processes in Work Management for SAP Utilities, and a large number of industry-
specific functions have been added.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 152/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 153/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 4-3
SAP AG 2009
Work Management: Business Scenario I
Acquisition, planning, calculation, execution of internal andexternal work orders
Creation of invoices for customers
Examples:
Creation and expansion of service connections
Energy consulting
Unscheduled meter reading
Disconnection and reconnection
Maintenance
Repairs
Installation, extension or removalof technical equipment
The daily work of a utility company involves the processing of a large number of work orders. The
orders must be accepted, planned, calculated, executed, and when necessary, billed to a customer.
In this process, a distinction needs to be made between external work orders relating to the customer
services and internal work orders.
• External work orders are mapped using service orders from the Customer Service (CS)
component.
• Internal work orders are mapped using maintenance orders from the Plant Maintenance (PM)
component.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 154/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 4-4
SAP AG 2009
Work Management: Business Scenario II
Plant maintenance
Managementof power plants
Utilities industry servicesin which Work Management is deployed:
Typical services for private / commercial customers in theareas of ...... . .
Grid services
• Energy distribution• Installation• Electricity supply• Meter reading
Generation Transmission Distribution
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 155/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 4-5
SAP AG 2003
Technical Objects in Work Management
Service orders and service objects
Service products
Interfaces to external systems
Work Management: Technical Objects
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 156/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 4-6
SAP AG 2009
Technical Objects: Overview
PM/CSSAPUtiliti
es
Customer Service
PlantMaintenance
Description:
Technical objects intransmission anddistribution
Example:
Transformer substation
Transmission lines
Transformer stations
Power transformers
Switching stations
Description:Technical objects with adirect reference tocustomers
Example:
Connection object
Premise
Device location
Devices
Technical installation
Technical objectsin
supply area
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 157/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 4-7
SAP AG 2009
Technical Objects: PM Supply Grid
Field01
Field02
Field 03
Field01
Field02
Field 03
Field01 Field02
Field 03
Distribution station ST 435(funct. loc.)
Distribution station ST 571
Distribution station ST 768
Line no. 187(funct. loc.)
Line no. 189
Line no. 186(funct. loc.)
Line no. 188
Line network with subsections
Object connection used to connecttwo systems with different
hierarchies
Distribution station withtransformer fields
Transformer fields
Pylons(equip.)
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 158/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 4-8
SAP AG 2009
Technical Objects: SAP Utilities Connection Object
Technicalinstallations(equipment)
0
125.256.01
071619207161927
Conn. objectfunc. loc.)
Premise
Connection(equipment)
Premise
Devices (equipment)
Device location(func. loc.)
Transformer (equipment)
05398020539802
07161927
125.256.01
In addition to the technical master data previously shown in unit 2, this figure also shows the
connection and the technical installation (of both pieces of equipment).
The connection is used to show the link between the supply grid and the connection object. In the
"service connection" workflow template provided by SAP, the connection is created in one of the
last steps and installed in the functional location, the SAP Utilities connection object.
The connection is dependent on the division.
The technical installation is not absolutely necessary in the SAP Utilities data model.
It can be regarded as a supplement to the technical master data.
It is used to map technical installations without having a direct influence on billing.
Examples are large lighting systems, gardens, and so on.
The technical installation is dependent on the division.
A maximum of one technical installation can be created for each division in a premise. A piece of
equipment is created in PM automatically.
The SAP Utilities "inspections" process enables you to maintain technical installations regularly.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 159/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 4-9
SAP AG 2003
Technical Objects in Work Management
Service orders and service objects
Service products
Interfaces to external systems
Work Management: Service Orders and Objects
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 160/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 4-10
SAP AG 2009
Maintenance of appliances
Home installation checks (inspections)
PremisePremise
m e t e r n r : 3 2 4 5 6 1
m e t e r n r : 3 2 4 5 6 1
r e a d i n g : _ _ _ _ _ _
r e a d i n g : _ _ _ _ _ _
Home installation services
Damage repairs
Device services (installation, removal, replacement)
Aperiodic meter reading
Disconnection/reconnection
Other on-site services
Services
OFFOFF
ONON
The reference points of the services are
• Connection object
• Device location
• Device
• Technical installation
The creation of service orders is integrated in the SAP Utilities processes. This includes, for
example,
• Aperiodic meter readings
• Disconnection and reconnection
• Device replacement
• Inspections
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 161/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 4-11
SAP AG 2009
Work Order Structure
For example: Protective clothing, crane,
traffic lights, fire extinguishers,signs, excavator
For example: Material, quantities, units of measure,Storage location, batch, item category,availability
For example: Work center, control key,description, standard time,activity type, wages
Equipment (assembly)Functional locationsMaintenance notifications
Operations
For example: Order type, dates, plant, reference object, priority, descriptionOrder Header
Object list
Material list
Billing rule
Costs (planned/actual)
Production resources
Header data is information used to identify and manage maintenance orders. This information
applies to the whole order. Examples of header data are the order number, description, order type,
dates for order execution, priority, the person who created the order and the person who last changed
it.
The object list contains functional locations, equipment, assemblies, maintenance notifications,
and/or materials with serial numbers. You can enter a single object as a reference object in the order
header and enter several objects in the object list.
Operations are used to describe the work to be carried out according to the order (the operation
includes, for example, the work center, the time required and the control key).
Materials are spare parts that are needed and consumed to execute the order.
Production resources (for example, tools, protective clothing, and special heavy goods vehicles)
are also needed to execute the order, but are not actually consumed in the order.
The data in the billing rule states who is usually responsible for the costs. The data is taken as
proposals from the master record of the reference object. It can, however, be changed during the first
stages of the billing process for the order.
The cost data informs you of the estimated costs, as well as the planned and actual costs of the
order, the relevant cost categories for the order, the updating of key figures in the PMIS with value
categories, and the updating of these key figures with actual costs.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 162/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 4-12
SAP AG 2009
Work Order Process Flow
For service orders only
Planning
Release
Printing
Confirmation
Technical completion
Billing document
Billing
Business completion
Execution
Entry/notification
Processing starts when a customer or employee reports an outage, disruption, or other request (such
as a modification request). An order can be created directly or on the basis of a notification.
Typical planning tasks include defining operations, reserving spare parts, or determining working
hours.
The order is then transferred to scheduling and control. Availability is checked, required capacity is
provided, and the necessary shop papers are printed.
Execution includes obtaining spare parts from stock and actually executing the order.
Once work is complete, the actual times required to complete the work are recorded. Other technical
information is also entered to document repairs and define the status of the technical system. The
order is then billed in Controlling. Billing is performed prior to invoicing for a service order and a bill is created for the customer.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 163/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 164/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 4-14
SAP AG 2009
Work Order Example: Service Object Repair
Customer complains
about defective device
Service order with task list,resources, and materials, are sent to theresponsible technician
Agent selects serviceobject in IC
In the IC, you can trigger the generation of a repair order by first selecting the relevant customer and
then starting the process.
Select the corresponding technical object from the displayed customer overview screen.
The repair order is created automatically.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 165/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 4-15
SAP AG 2009
Work Order with Appointment Scheduling in the IC
Agree date
Planning horizon: Standard
Required capacity: 60 minutes
Time
8:00 - 9:00
9:00 - 10:00
10:00 - 11:00
11:00 - 12:00
13:00 - 14:00
2.12.2010 3.12.2010 4.12.2010 5.12.2010
80 / 120
80 / 120
120 / 120
60 / 12060 / 120
0 / 1200 / 120 80 / 120
80 / 120
120 / 120120 / 120
60 / 12060 / 120
60 / 12060 / 120
60 / 12060 / 120
60 / 12060 / 120 0 / 1200 / 120
0 / 1200 / 120
0 / 1200 / 120
120 / 120120 / 120
0 / 1200 / 120 0 / 1200 / 120
0 / 1200 / 120
60 / 12060 / 120
Work center
X
X
X
In the IC you can trigger the generation of a repair order with appointment scheduling by first
selecting the relevant customer and then starting the "Repair Order with Date" process.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 166/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 4-16
SAP AG 2003
Technical Objects in Work Management
Service orders and service objects
Service products
Interfaces to external systems
Work Management: Service Products
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 167/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 4-17
SAP AG 2009
Service Product Concept
Sales viewprice information
Description of work to be done,resources for work, material...
external resources
CharacteristicsValues
Dependencies
Connection object
device….
Technicalobject
Config.
Serviceorder
Serviceproduct
Customer order
Instructions
Servicematerial
SAP Utilities uses the customer order from the Sales and Distribution component (SD) and the
service order from Customer Service (CS) to process customer-related business transactions. These
documents are connected by way of a service product. The service product is a service that is sold in
SD and rendered in CS.
The system includes the task list and the technical object in the service order. You can use the
configuration to define and analyze the task list individually. You can also use it to influence the
price of the service product.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 168/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 4-18
SAP AG 2009
Service Product Example: Service Connection
Task list
1. Dig trenchTime: 0.5h per mTool: Excavator
2. Secure excavationonly if soil is loose
3. Lay cableMaterial: X m cable
4. Install connection boxTime: 1h
Material: Connection box
5. Fill trenchTime: 0.2h per m
Configuration
CharacteristicsValues
Ground: Light
Length: 10m
Connection type: A
Internal servicesYes
Service material
Cable per m 60.00
Trench per m 150.00
Connection boxType A 1,200.00
Type B 1,500.00
BB amount for internal
services 300.00
Service object
Service product
Service order Quotation, customer order
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 169/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 170/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 4-20
SAP AG 2003
Technical objects in Work Management
Service orders and service objects
Service products
Interfaces to external systems
Work Management: Interfaces to External Systems
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 171/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 4-21
SAP AG 2009
Overview of Interfaces
SCADA
ResourcePlanning
Outage
Analysis
WorkManag.
ERP
Standard
Applications
Service ordersConfirmations
Outagenotificationsand orders
OutagesConfirmations
Transformerstation outages
Connection information
Monitoring ofthe situation
Geographicaldata
Service ordersConfirmations
MDI Mobile
Devices
SAPUtilitiesGBC
AM/FMGIS
GBC: GIS Business Connector
GIS: Geographical Information System
AM/FM: Asset Management / Facility Management
MDI: Mobile Data Interface
SCADA: Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 172/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 4-22
SAP AG 2009
GIS Interface and Integration with the GBC
Transformer station
Connection object
Device location
Object identification
Connectivity info
Object identification
Connectivity info
SAP GISGBC
Or
PI
Transformer
Connection
Device
The GIS Business Connector enables business processes to run seamlessly between an SAP system
and a GIS. The GBC can
• call GIS functions and data from the SAP System
• call SAP system functions and data from the GIS
In addition to this, the GBC can manage the object keys of both systems, thus ensuring data
consistency.
No programming is required to set up the GBC.
In this example, the information on the connections between the transformer and the GIS is stored in
the GIS. You can call this information from the SAP system.
You can also map the integration of SAP and GIS using XI (Exchange Infrastructure).
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 173/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 4-23
SAP AG 2009
Work Management: Summary
Service objects simplify and standardize the
processing of service orders.
Service products enable you to offer and sell
services as products.
The service connection workflow is supplied with
SAP Utilities. It contains quotation processing,
order processing and invoicing.
Work Management contains interfaces to various
external systems.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 174/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 4-24
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 175/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 4-25
Exercises
Unit: Work Management
Topic: Service Orders
After completing these exercises, you will be able to:
• Perform the front office process Create service order .
You familiarize yourself with service orders and service objects.
1-1 Create a service order using the CIC.
1-1-1 Business partner Elmer Petersheim, in Massachusetts Avenue 0##, 02116
Boston, reports a device malfunction.
Identify the business partner.
Create a service order as a repair order.
In the navigation area on the Environment tab page, select the dual rate meter
and click on the right mouse button to call the Create repair order process.
1-1-2 Which order number has been assigned by the system?
______________________________________________________
1-1-3 Which work center has been determined?
Which operations are transferred to the service order?
______________________________________________________
1-1-4 From where are the work center and operations transferred?
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 176/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 4-26
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 177/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 4-27
Solutions
Unit: Work Management
Topic: Service Orders
1-1 Create a service order.
Uti l iti es I ndustry Customer Service Front Off ice/Customer I nteraction Center
Customer I nteraction Center
1-1-1 You use the search function to determine the business partner
by entering the data and confirming this with Enter .
By choosing Enter a second time, the customer data will be stored on theEnvironment tab page.
Expand the structure of Elmer Petersheim’s private account as far as the
dual rate meter and select this.
Click on the right mouse button to start the Create repair order process.
The service order is created in the background.
Save the customer contact.
The contacts and service orders are displayed in the navigation area on the
Documents tab page after you have chosen Refresh .
You can display the document by selecting it and choosing Display (right mouse
click).
Service order number: __________
1-1-2 You can also determine the service order from the clipboard in the navigation
area or from the customer contact on the Business Objects tab page (in each
case, select the service order and click on the right mouse button to display it).
1-1-3 Display the service order.
The work center is in the service order header.
You can find the operations on the Operations tab page.
1-1-4 When you call the process you select a service object.
The work center is stored in this service object.
The operations are in the task list.The task list is also stored in the service object.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 178/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 4-28
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 179/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 5-1
SAP AG 2009
Device Technology
Device Category
Device category data
Integration in the standard SAP system
Device and Register
Device data
Register data
Integration in the standard SAP system
Device History
Device Inspection
Sample lot
Certification
Contents:
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 180/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 181/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 5-3
SAP AG 2009
Device Technology: Business Scenario
Technical mapping of complex devices andinstallation structures (such as integrated watermeters, instrument panels)
Organization of billing-related data(such as rental prices, meter readings)
Recording of comprehensive device history asthe basis for meter reading, billing, maintenance,and inspection
Device stocks managed on quantity and value
basis
Integration in Materials Management and AssetManagement
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 182/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 5-4
SAP AG 2009
Device Technology: Device Category
Device Category
Device and Register
Device History
Device Inspection
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 183/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 5-5
SAP AG 2009
Device Category, Basic Device Category and Device
=> Specific device data Device number/serial number
Operation data, such as installation, removalor meter reading
Certification and maintenance data
A device corresponds to a piece of equipmentin the Plant Maintenance component (PM)
=> Features of similar devices
Definition of technical device data
Recording of inspection and certification periods
The device category corresponds to the materialin the Materials Management component (MM)
Basic device cat. => Basic functions of device categories, such as:
Meter Transformer
Pressure regulator
and so on
Device cat. 2
Device cat. 1
Device 3
Device 2
Device 1
Examples of basic device categories:
• Meters measure consumption
• Transformers convert electrical voltage, for example
• ARCRs (audio frequency ripple control receivers) transmit information via the electricity grid by
means of audio frequency modulation
• Remote meters measure consumption from a distance
• Counters determine the thermal quantity output with district heating
• Correctors calculate standard cubic meters from gas values
• Pressure regulators adjust gas pressure, for example
• Sensors act as pulse generators, for example, temperature sensors
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 184/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 5-6
SAP AG 2009
Integration with Logistics
SAP UtilitiesDevice Management
Device Category
Device
Logistics
Material
Equipment
SAP Utilities functions of device management include:
• Technical data such as the register group, the input/output group, command group, and so on
• Installation, as well as removal and replacement of devices
• Installation structure for modeling devices and register relationships, in addition to rate data
• Organization and execution of meter readings of registers in the service territory
• Device inspection: Sampling procedure, certification, and periodic replacement
Integration of SAP Utilities Device Management with the standard ERP Logistics component makes
it possible to use the following:
• Inventory Management (component MM-IM)
• Purchasing (MM-PUR component)
• Warehouse Management (the components MM-IM and MM-WM)
• Plant Maintenance (the component PM)
• Class system
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 185/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 5-7
SAP AG 2009
Device category
The device category groups together devices with the same features (data).
Device categories are managed as materials with a material number in theMaterials Management application component.
Definition of Device Category
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 186/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 5-8
SAP AG 2008
Device Category Data
MM Data Data Specific to SAP Utilities
Device Category
Planning• Procurement
planning• Calculation• Forecast
Logistics
• Storage• Warehouse management• Transport data
Basic Data
• Material description• Valuation, price
General
• Construction class• Function class• Price class• Device catgy description
Other Datadepending on basic device category
• Register group• Winding group• Input/output group
Certification
• Certification requirement• Certification periods
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 187/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 5-9
SAP AG 2009
Device Category Elements
MaterialMM
Device CategorySAP Utilities
Input/OutputGroup
RegisterGroup
WindingGroup
Informative
Function-related
Certain functional group elements are required, depending on the basic device category. Examples:
• Devices belonging to the basic device category METERS must be allocated to a register group.
However, an input/output group may be allocated for technical descriptions of the available
device interfaces, if required.
• The allocation of a winding group, in which the billing data is recorded, is mandatory for devices
belonging to the TRANSFORMERS basic device category. An input/output group can also be
maintained for information purposes (for example, for service technicians), if required.
Data concerning register groups can be arranged according to division category (the reactive
current/active current indicator can only be maintained in the register group of the electricity
division).
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 188/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 5-10
SAP AG 2009
Device Technology: Device and Register
Device Category
Device and Register
Device History
Device Inspection
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 189/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 5-11
SAP AG 2009
A device is an instrument that is used to measure consumption, processdata, or control and protect other instruments.
Devices are managed in the Plant Maintenance (PM) application componentas pieces of equipment with equipment numbers.
Device
Device category
Definition of Devices
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 190/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 5-12
SAP AG 2009
Device Data
PMSAP
Utilities
Operations• Maintenance plan orders• Service orders• Notifications• Capacity planning
General• Inventory number • Weight/volume• Reference data• Manufacturer data• Stock information
General
• Device cat., basic cat.• Lock status• Change documents• Time slices
Operations• Installation and removal• Modification and disconn.• Certification• Meter reading
Device
• Material no., serial no.
• Equipment type and no.• Status
Header Data
Plant Maintenance• Maintenance plant• Maint. planning plant• Maint. planner group• Resp. work center
Category-Specific Data• Group data, construct. yr • Manufacturer, cat. desc.• Owner status• Certification data
The device master record is divided into various areas:
• General data: Technical data, reference data, manufacturer data
• Serialization data: Internal equipment number, plant, storage location, posting documents
• SAP Utilities data:
- Technical data:
Register group, winding group, command group (depending on the basic device category)
- Certification data / inspection data:
Certification year and status, lot, replacement year, sample device status
- Operation data:
Installation, removal, modification, disconnection
- Master data:
Business partner, connection object, device location, location, premise, installations
- Meter reading results
When devices are moved (goods receipt, installation), the equipment status is updated (ESTO,
AVLB, INST). The device status informs the user that a particular business process has been
performed. For example, ESTO means that the device was entered in the system using a goods
receipt posting and is available in a warehouse.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 191/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 192/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 5-14
SAP AG 2006
Technical data Process data
General
• Register category• Register type (time zone)• Pre-decimal places• Decimal places
Technical• Unit of measurement• Register code, such asreactive or active energy
• Display type
Meter reading• Number of meter readingresults per meter reading
• Indicator: non-meteringregister
Register relationships
• Register relationship type• Relationship register • Operation code
Meter readings
• Recorded meter reading• Estimated meter reading• Multiple allocation
Meter reading• Reason• Type, meter reader • Date• Status
Register Register
Sample register relationship
Register Data
Register configuration
Examples of register relationships:
• Active/reactive relationship
• Serial switching relationship
• On-peak/off-peak relationship
• Control relationship
• Volume correction factor relationship (thermal gas billing)
• Volume correction factor calculation (thermal gas billing)
You can assign individual validations to each register relationship to check the meter reading results.
Example: Meter reading results from two registers that are connected by a control relationship canonly differ by a maximum of 1%. If this tolerance is exceeded, the meter reading result is not
accepted and is assigned the status "implausible".
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 193/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 5-15
SAP AG 2009
Device Technology: Device History
Device Category
Device and Register
Device History
Device Inspection
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 194/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 5-16
SAP AG 2009
Device History
Removal/Replacement
Installation
GoodsReceipt
StockTransfer
Purchase
Order
InspectionCertificationReprogramming
GoodsIssue
MM
SAPUtilities
Device Management- Installation
Retirement
PM
Purchase
Requisition
Devices are created in an integrated system using the Purchasing (MM-PUR), Inventory
Management (MM-IM) and Plant Maintenance (PM) components.
• Devices are created as serialized pieces of equipment in the system by posting a goods receipt
for any number of devices of a particular device category.
• The entire goods procurement process can be performed in an optional first step (purchase
requisition, purchase order, and so on).
• A prerequisite is that the device category has already been created and therefore exists as a
material. The serial number profile in the material master ensures that the devices to be created
are supplied with the necessary SAP Utilities data.
If the Materials Management (MM) component is not used, you can also create devices directly inSAP Utilities. The inventory management function is not supported here, however.
Although device installation is performed within SAP Utilities, it is based on enhanced functions of
the Plant Maintenance component (PM).
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 195/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 5-17
SAP AG 2009
Device History Documentation
MMMM
Purchasing: Purchase orders, inquiry/quotation, outline agreement Warehouse logistics: Transport, inventory, transfer posting Inventory management: Goods movement, reservation Valuation, inventory, planning
PMPM
Maintenance: Technical objects and equipment Work planning, maintenance planning Maintenance processing
CSCS
Service contracts: Contracts, maintenance plans Service processing: Notification, order, confirmation Service planning: Terminate, task lists
Device specification: Device category, device Installation: Installation, removal, replacement, installation structure Meter reading: Organization, meter reading order, meter reading
result entry Inspection and certification: Periodic or sampling procedure
SAPUT
SAPUT
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 196/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 197/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 5-19
SAP AG 2009
Definition of Certification Procedure
With external certification, a device is inspected by astate inspection authority. If a device passes aninspection according to the prescribed margins of error,the device is certified for the calibration validity period.
With internal certification, the utility companyvoluntarily inspects a device according to companystandards. When the internal certification period expires,the device is inspected again in accordance with thecompany's criteria and the certification is renewed.
In the certification procedure, you can either inspect alldevices or a sample of devices.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 198/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 5-20
SAP AG 2009
Certification Procedure
Description:
Only a representative sampleof all devices is removed forinspection and replaced.
Procedure:
Create lot
Compile lot
Determine lot devices
Perform first drawing
Replacement orders arecreated automatically
Check
Description:
Devices due for certification areremoved completely andreplaced by identical devices.
Procedure:
Create periodic replacementlist
Select the device categories
Create list indialog or batch
Replacement orders are
created automatically
Periodicreplacement
SAP
UT
Sample
Certificationof Devices
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 199/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 200/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 5-22
SAP AG 2003
Create lotCreate lot Compile lotCompile lot Determine
lot devices
Determine
lot devices
Perform 1st
drawing
Perform 1st
drawing
Certify sample
devices
Certify sample
devices
Break up
lot
Break up
lot
Transfer devicesto periodic file
Transfer devicesto periodic file
Inspectsampledevices
Inspectsampledevices
Perform1st
drawing
Perform1st
drawing
Renew lotRenew lot
YesNo Inspection
passed?? ??
Inspection Using the Sampling Procedure
The flow chart displays the typical sample lot procedure. Some steps may be carried out differently
depending on the configuration of the Customizing tables (for example, a second drawing is
normally not possible).
If necessary, you can use the standard R/3 component quality management (PM-QM) to organize
and manage the test data. This component contains comprehensive functions for organizing test
rules, test transactions and test results.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 201/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 202/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 5-24
SAP AG 2003
The device category divides devices into functional
groups and specifies their features. The devicecategory corresponds to the material in MM.
The device is a measuring instrument that"inherits" the features of the device category.These "inherited " features can be enhanced byindividual specifications, if required.
Integration in the PM and MM applicationcomponents allows you to completely process allservice and logistics functions.
Devices are certified and inspected for internal andexternal purposes by means of periodicreplacement and sampling procedures.
Device Technology: Unit Summary
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 203/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 204/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 5-26
1-2 Display all devices for customer TB010110## and select the double rate meter for
electricity.
1-2-1 When is the device due for certification again?
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
1-2-2 Is the device already in a lot?
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
1-2-3 Has the device already been drawn as a sample device?
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
1-2-4 How long is the calibration validity?How long is the internal certification period?
_____________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
1-3 Specify the connection data for the device TB010110## .
1-3-1 What is the current connection object?
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
1-3-2 What is the current device location?
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
1-3-3 Display the structure graphic and describe the procedure.
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 205/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 206/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 5-28
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 207/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 5-29
Solutions
Unit: Device Management Technology
Topic: Creating and Delivering Devices
1-1
1-1-1 Select the customer in the CIC.
Select the node for the Water contract and click to expand the subnode.
Double-click on the node for Water meter, device TB010120## .
The device category is displayed on the I S Data tab page.
Do not exit this screen.
1-1-2 The MR Results button lists all the meter reading results.
The F1 help provides information for the individual columns.
The F4 help displays the meaning of the individual keys.
Return to the device display.
1-1-3 You are located in the device display for TB010120## . On the Group Data tab page, double-click on the Register Group field.
The system displays the master data for the register group.
Here you can see the number of registers as well as their technical specifications
Click on the back arrow to return to theCIC
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 208/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 209/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 5-31
1-3 In the I S Data view, choose the Master Data tab page.
1-3-1 The current connection object is TB010110## .
1-3-2 The current device location is TB010111DL0## .
1-3-3 From the menu, choose Structure Structure Graphic.
Answer the question Expand structure upwards? with Yes.
You can expand the structure further using the Levels above button.The current connection object is TB010110## .
1-4
• Determine the device category for the device TB010110## .
• Open a new session. From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose:
Logistics Mater ials Management Mater ial Master
Materi al Display Display Curr ent
• Enter the key for the material/device category.
• Select all views and confirm the entry.
• Since materials are always defined for a specific plant, you
must also specify the plant U001.
1-5
1-5-1 True.
IS-U device technology is integrated in the components MM, PM and CS.
1-5-2 False.
Devices are based on a device category, which in turn consists of one or more
basic device categories.
1-5-3 True.
1-5-4 True.
The device category is managed in the component MM with the material
number.
1-5-5 False.
Although the register group is allocated to the device category, it is not onlyused for information purposes, but also has functional tasks when processing
and checking meter reading results.
• Validation of the number of figures
• Meter overflow
• Conversion of results depending on the transformation ratio
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 210/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 5-32
1-5-6 True.
The device is managed in PM using the equipment number.
1-5-7 False.
Devices can only be allocated to one lot.
1-5-8 False.
In addition to the sampling procedure, the periodic replacement procedure canalso be used.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 211/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 6-1
SAP AG 2009
Device Installation
Installation / removal / replacement
Technical installation / removal / replacement
Billing-related installation / removal
Installation structure
Rate data
Device allocations
Register relationships
Contents:
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 212/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 6-2
SAP AG 2003
At the conclusion of this unit, you will be able to:
Describe and perform device installation, removal,and replacement. You will also be able to describehow these functions are integrated with the ServiceManagement (SM) application component.
Explain the relationship between the connectionobject, the device location, and the device, and howthey are integrated in the Plant Maintenance (PM)application component.
Display devices of an installation and describe theinstallation structure.
Device Installation: Unit Objectives
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 213/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 6-3
SAP AG 2003
Device installation if replaced periodically
Create and plan service orders
Execute service orders: Remove old devices andinstall new ones (device replacement)
Device Installation: Business Scenario
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 214/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 6-4
SAP AG 2009
Device Installation: Installation / Removal /Replacement
Installation / removal / replacement
Installation structure
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 215/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 6-5
SAP AG 2006
Creation of work ordersto replace
the relevant
devices
Creation of work ordersto replace
the relevantdevices
Team leader of
f ie ld sales forc e
Field sales forc e
employee
On-site technicalexecution of the
order andconfirmation ofcompleting the
order in the system
On-site technicalexecution of the
order andconfirmation ofcompleting the
order in the system
Team leader of
f ie ld sales force
Changes to datain the system("full device
replacement")
Changes to datain the system("full device
replacement")
Agent Device insp ect ion
Technical closingof the service
order andtriggering of the
invoice
Technical closingof the service
order andtriggering of the
invoice
Sampledevices in alot must bereplaced forcertification
Sampledevices in alot must bereplaced forcertification
Planningthe
work orders
Planningthe
work orders
Business Scenario: Replacing Sample Devices
Agent
Device insp ect ion
Devices of a particular device category are due for certification. After the sample devices have been
determined using the lot procedure, the corresponding work orders are automatically generated for
the removal of these devices.
The work orders contain a complete description of the process, as well as a list of materials and
resources that may be needed.
The work orders are then scheduled for execution, taking resource capacities and deadlines into
account.
In the next step, the work order is executed on-site according to the process description: the old
device is removed and is replaced by a new device of the same category.
As soon as the work order is executed, it is documented accordingly in the system by means of a
completion confirmation.
Once the completion certification has been successfully generated, the device replacement is carried
out in the system and the order can be closed and invoiced, if necessary.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 216/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 6-6
SAP AG 2009
Service Order: Determine Device Location
The device location describes where a device is installed in the
connection object.
The address of the connection object links the device location to the
regional structure.
The location can be specified in more detail using location data,
location details, and a long text. The service order is used to forward
this information together with the address data to the field employee.
The device location is a
Executeserviceorder
Determinedevice location
functional location in the PM application
component.
The structure of the functional locations and the equipment (devices)
installed provides a comprehensive overview of the technical
systems installed.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 217/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 6-7
SAP AG 2003
Connectionobject
Devicelocation
Device
The device location is the location in theconnection object that is independent of adivision and in which any number of devicescan technically be installed.
Definition of the Device Location
Executeserviceorder
Determinedevice location
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 218/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 6-8
SAP AG 2003
Devicelocation
Reference to premise
• The device location canbe allocated to apremise if required
Integration with PM
• The device location isdefined as a functionallocation below theconnection object
Independent of division
• Installation location for devices of all divisions
• Installation location for all device categories
Location data
• Exact location and locationsupplement
• Long text• Link to regional structure
Device Location Data
Executeserviceorder
Determinedevice location
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 219/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 6-9
SAP AG 2009
Placement of the Device Location in the PMStructure
Executeserviceorder
Determinedevice location
PM ObjectsSAP Utilities Objects
Device LocationLower-level
Functional Location
Connection Object
Equipment
Connection
Legend
Installation of equipmentHierarchical relationship between functionallocations
Device
Higher-level
Functional Location
Equipment
Device
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 220/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 6-10
SAP AG 2009
Service Order: Device Replacement andConfirmation
M e t e r n o : 3 2 4 5 6 1
M e t e r n o : 3 2 4 5 6 1
R e a d i n g : _ _ _ _ _ _
R e a d i n g : _ _ _ _ _ _
The field employee performs an on-sitemeter reading for the sample device andthen physically removes the device.
The new device is installed in the devicelocation. Since the new device has toperform the tasks and functions of the olddevice, it must have the same technicalfeatures.
A function test is performed and new meterreadings are taken as a basis for billing.
This concludes the technical aspect of theservice order and the field employee entersthe corresponding confirmation in thesystem.
Executeserviceorder
Determinedevice location
Confirmserviceorder
Serviceorder
executed
Replacedevice
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 221/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 6-11
SAP AG 2003
The Back Office employee responsible receives the completionconfirmation for the service order in electronic or paper form. Thecompletion confirmation contains all the central information for any datachanges required in the system.
The customer service representative can locate the installation affectedusing the device number of the device removed and start the "Fullreplacement" transaction using the following data:
Device location
Installation
Activity date
Device number of the sample device
Device number of the new device
Data Changes: Installation Location
ChangeSystemsystem
Locateinstallation
Executeserviceorder
Determinedevice location
Serviceorder order
Serviceorder
executed
Devicedevice
carry out
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 222/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 6-12
SAP AG 2003
Executedevice
replacement
Datachange
completed
The customer service representative enters the meter reading from thedevice removed and the meter reading at installation of the new device.This ensures that there are no gaps in the consumption history, whichprovides the basis for billing.
Once the data has been saved, the device replacement is complete.
Data Changes: Device Replacement
ChangeSystem
Locateinstallation
Executeserviceorder
Determinedevice location
Serviceorder
Serviceorder
executed
Executedevice
replacement
The following steps are performed automatically in the background for a device replacement:
• Billing-related removal of the old device: This terminates the business relationship between the
device and the business partner's installation (and therefore the contract).
• Technical removal of the old device: This removes the link to the device location, (and therefore
to the connection object). All existing register relationships are terminated and the current time
slice for the device is removed. At the same time, a new time slice begins. The status in the
device master record is changed from EEGB (equipment installed) to EFRE (equipment free).
• Technical installation of the new device: The connection of the new register to the device
location (and therefore the connection object) is established. The device receives the status
EEGB. At the same time, a new time slice is opened for the device, beginning on the installation
date. Any register relationships are transferred from the old device to the new meter.
• Billing-related installation of the new device: The new device is connected to the business
master data (installation, contract, business partner). Data that is relevant to rates (such as the rule
for determining the clearing price, rate data at device and register level, information about
extrapolation of consumption values) is transferred to the new device.
Processing steps that are performed automatically for a device replacement can also be performed
separately (for instance by different customer service representatives). Individual transactions, such
as technical installation, billing-related installation, and full installation (= both steps in one
transaction) can be used to perform each step of the installation and removal processes separately.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 223/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 6-13
SAP AG 2003
Businesspartner
Businesspartner
Contractaccount
Contractaccount
Installation1
Installation1
Installation2
Installation2
Contract 2(Company code 2)
Waste water
Contract 2(Company code 2)
Waste water
Contract 1(Company code 1)
Fresh water
Contract 1(Company code 1)
Fresh water
PremisePremise
Devicelocation
Devicelocation
Connectionobject
Connectionobject
Device 1
Billing-r elated
installation
Billing-related
installation
Technicalinstallation
Technical and Billing-Related Installation
Devices can be allocated to several installations from a billing perspective (billing-related
installation). However, each device can be allocated to only one device location from a technical
point of view (technical installation).
Since one contract exists per installation, a separate installation in the relevant division is created for
each contract. Accordingly, any meters installed are allocated twice from the point of view of
billing.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 224/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 6-14
SAP AG 2009
Device Installation: Installation Structure
Installation / removal / replacement
Installation structure
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 225/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 6-15
SAP AG 2009
Installation Structure: Example
Supplygrid
Street
Audio frequency ripple control receiver
Device allocationRegister relationship
Electricity
Serial switching
The installation structure comprises all technical and billing-related data for a utility contract.
In the example above, switching between the two rates of the double-rate electricity meter is
controlled by an audio frequency ripple control receiver. For information purposes, this is mapped in
the system as an ARCR type device allocation. At the same time, one of the registers of the double-
rate electricity meter has a serial switching relationship with another register. The consumption of
the serial switching register (secondary register) is automatically deducted from the consumption of
the main register during the billing run.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 226/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 6-16
SAP AG 2009
Technical Structure of Installation
Device allocations
Audio frequency ripplecontrol receiver
Transformer
Pressure regulator
Customer-specificallocations
Register relationships
Reactive/activerelationship
Serial switchingrelationship
On-peak/off-peakrelationship
Control relationship
VCF relationship
Relationship forcalculating volumecorrection factor
Customer-specificrelationships
Device allocations describe relationships between installed devices. A device allocation is always
composed of a controlling and a controlled device
(Example: A calculation factor, which is included in consumption billing, is defined at register level
for the "transformer" allocation type).
Register relationships:
• In a reactive/active relationship, all active registers and all reactive registers of the same
register category are added together, and the total is used to carry out the cosine phi examination.
• The serial switching relationship determines consumption and is relevant for billing.
• The on-peak/off-peak relationship describes the relationship between registers with different
register types (for example, on-peak and off-peak registers).• In a control relationship, all registers are added and the totals compared with the designated
control register.
• You need the VCF relationship (gas division only) for billing difference quantities resulting
from different meter readings for the operating volume meter of the corrector and an additional
external operating volume meter.
• You need the VCF calculation relationship (gas division only) for billing difference quantities
resulting from different meter readings for the operating cubic meter meter of the corrector and
an additional external operating cubic meter meter.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 227/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 6-17
SAP AG 2009
Billing-Related Installation Structure
Rate Data
Relevance torental price
Relevance to billing
Price class
Rate type
Rate fact group
Discount
Extrapolation data
Expected periodconsumption
Fixed consumptionvalues for linearweighting(absolute / relative)
You determine the rate and extrapolation data when you maintain the device installation.
These can be changed at any time later from "Installation Structure" in the menu.
• The Relevance to rental price indicator determines whether a rental price is charged.
• The Relevance to billing indicator at register level determines that a
plausible meter reading result is expected for billing.
• The price class is maintained at device category, device, or register level.
Together with the price level, it determines the rental price from the rate.
• The rate type is maintained at device or register level.
Together with the rate category for the installation, it controls rate determination.
• The rate fact group is also maintained at device or register level.It contains specific values (for example, constants) and/or keys (for example, price keys).
• The discount for quantities and services is maintained at register level (register discount).
Period consumption is used in the extrapolation of meter readings when no representative meter
reading results are available (such as for new customers).
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 228/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 6-18
SAP AG 2008
Device Installation: Summary
The precise location of the devices is found using
device location in SAP Utilities. The device location
is a functional location in the PM component.
Devices can be installed or removed in two separate
steps that are distinguished in terms of technical
and billing factors. Devices can also be installed or
removed in one step for both billing and technical
data.
During device replacement, full removal of the old
device and full installation of the new device is
carried out in one step.
In this way, technical and billing-related data is
automatically transferred from the old device to the
new device.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 229/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 6-19
Exercises
Unit: Device Management Installation
Topic: Installation and Removal of Devices
After completing these exercises, you will be able to:
• Display all the devices in an installation
• Install and remove devices
• Explain integration with the PM component
A customer’s water meter is faulty and must be replaced. To replace thedevice, the following steps are performed in the system:
• Billing-related removal of the faulty device from the installation and
technical removal from the device location.
• Technical and billing-related installation of the new meter.
A customer’s water meter is faulty and must be replaced. To replace the
device, the following steps are performed in the system:
• Billing-related removal of the faulty device from the installation and
technical removal from the device location.
• Technical and billing-related installation of the new meter.
1-1 The water meter TB010120## for customer TB010110## was faulty. A field employee
replaced the faulty device with a new device that has the same technical features.
As the responsible office-based employee, you first perform a full removal of the old
device and then a full installation of the new device in the system.
Note: This operation can be processed quickly in one step using the device replacement
transaction. In this transaction, the system carries out the full removal and installation
automatically in the background. However, in order to illustrate the individual steps in
this task, you should carry out the device replacement step by step.
1-1-1 First, using the CIC, determine the device location and installation to which the
device is assigned.
1-1-2 Call Device Management in one session.
Remove the device TB010120## in one step with today's date. Enter an
appropriate removal reason and estimate the meter readings.
1-1-3 Then install the new meter TB010200## in one step.
Choose today's date as the installation date.
Enter a meter reading at installation of 97.8 m³ for the register.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 230/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 6-20
Assign a rate type, fact group, and period consumption to the register. Enter an
appropriate installation reason.
1-1-4 Finally, use the data environment display for the customer in the IC to check the
device replacement in the utility installation.
1-2 Check the following features of the device you have just installed.
1-2-1 Installation date and installation reason:
______________________________________________________
1-2-2 Meter reading at installation:
______________________________________________________
1-2-3 The current business partner:
______________________________________________________
1-2-4 The device manufacturer:
______________________________________________________
1-2-5 Maintenance planning plant:
_____________________________________________________
1-3 Display the structure graphic for the functional locations and their equipment for the
newly installed device and complete the installation in the device location.
1-4 True or false?
1-4-1 During technical installation, the device is allocated to a device location and an
installation. You cannot maintain rate data.
On the other hand, you can create, search for, and change device locations.
______________________________________________________
1-4-2 Only devices from the same division can be installed in a device location.
______________________________________________________
1-4-3 You always have to maintain billing-relevant rate data when installing a device.
______________________________________________________
1-4-4 The device location is managed as a functional location in PM.
______________________________________________________
1-4-5 The device location is the highest level in the functional location hierarchy in
PM.
______________________________________________________
1-4-6 The installation and removal of devices automatically generates a time slice for
the device.
______________________________________________________
1-4-7 A device can be installed into several installations.
______________________________________________________
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 231/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 232/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 6-22
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 233/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 234/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 235/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 6-25
1-4 True or false?
1-4-1 False.
You cannot create device locations during installation.
1-4-2 False.
The device location is a device installation location in the connection object thatis not dependent on a division.
The device location can be assigned to a premise, if desired.
1-4-3 False.
The rate data relevant to billing is not required during technical installation. It can
be added during billing-related installation or full installation.
1-4-4 True.
1-4-5 False.
The connection object represents the level above the device location in the
hierarchy.1-4-6 True.
1-4-7 True.
2 Create device allocation:
Call transaction EG31 fu ll i nstallation .
In device location TB010111DL0## and installation TB010110## ,
install the ARCR 508010## with today's date.
Save the device installation.Call the transaction EG31 fu ll i nstallation again.
In device location TB010111DL0## and installation TB010110## ,
install the double rate meter 5040## with today's date.
The system then automatically proposes the TRE you installed previously. Now maintain
the data relevant for billing:
Recorded meter reading: Register 1: 0 and register 2: 0
Period consumption: Register 1: 2000 and register 2: 1000
Rate type: Register 1: on-peak and register 2: off-peak
Fact groups: Residential customers
Activate the Pay rental price function for the on-peak register.
Save the device installation.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 236/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 6-26
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 237/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 7-1
SAP AG 2009
Meter Reading
Contents:
Meter Reading Organization
Scheduling
Street Route
Meter Reading Process
Meter Reading Order
Meter Reading Result
Monitoring
Special Meter Reading Functions
Meter Reading by Customers via the Internet
Reversal
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 238/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 7-2
SAP AG 2003
At the conclusion of this unit, you will be able to:
Describe the meter reading procedure
Scheduling and street route
Meter reading processing
Enter meter reading results by means of:
Automatic and manual payment run
Single and mass entry
Single and mass estimation
Meter reading correction
Meter Reading: Unit Objectives
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 239/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 7-3
SAP AG 2003
A customer telephones the customer call center toreport his/her move-out
The customer service agent enters the move-out dateand the meter readings
An implausible reading means that the utilitycompany has to carry out a control reading
Meter reading processing
Creation of meter reading order
Enter or estimate meter reading results
Start of billing and invoicing
Final billing, followed by invoicing
Meter Reading: Business Scenario
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 240/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 7-4
SAP AG 2009
Meter Reading: Organization
Meter Reading Organization Scheduling
Street route
Meter Reading Process
Meter reading order
Meter reading result
Monitoring
Special Meter Reading Functions Meter reading by customers via the
Internet
Reversal
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 241/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 7-5
SAP AG 2003
UnscheduledScheduled
Indicator
Predefined meter reading
strategy
Date and area scheduled inregional structure
Resources can be planned
Process
Create meter readingschedule
Specify meter readingsequence
Create mass meter readingorders
Enter results
Check results
Release for billing
Indicator
There are special reasons for
the meter reading request,such as a move-in/out
Date and area cannot bescheduled
Meter reading cannot beplanned
Process
Create a single meter readingorder
Enter consumption
Check results
Release for billing
Types of Meter Reading
Meterreading
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 242/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 7-6
SAP AG 2009
Scheduling and Regional Structure
Regional Structure SchedulingMaster Data
MR
unit
Businesspartner
Connectionobject
Premise
Account
Installation
Contract
City StreetStreet
section
Politicalstructure
PortionPostal Regional Structure
Scheduling is managed in the meter reading unit and portion objects.
Scheduling:
• Control meter reading
• Control periodic billing
• Control budget billing collection
Portion:
Grouping of contracts that are to be billed together.
You allocate a contract to a portion either directly in the contract or indirectly via
the meter reading unit entered in the installation in the contract.
Meter reading unit:
A meter reading unit groups together installations (and the devices and registers installed in them)
according to regional criteria for meter reading purposes.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 243/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 7-7
SAP AG 2009
Scheduling Tasks
MR unit 3
MR unit 2
MR unit 1
Portion 2
Portion 1
Grouping of contracts
For joint billing
with same control for budget billing amounts
Budget billing cycle
Budget billing scheduling
Grouping of utility installations
For joint billing
of specific billing classes and divisions Control of special features of meter reading
MDE download
Intervals
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 244/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 245/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 7-9
SAP AG 2009
Scheduling: Generation of Schedule Records
Generation of schedule recordsPortion
P_AUG01
MR unitA_AUG01
P1
Parameter record
Schedule Master Records
etc.
A_AUG01 2007
A_AUG01 2006
MR unitSchedule Records
etc.
P_AUG01 2007
P_AUG01 2006
Portion
Schedule records are generated from the entries in the parameter record and schedule master records
(portion and meter reading unit).
Schedule records refer to specific dates. They control meter reading and billing.
Schedule records must be generated for portions and meter reading units before meter reading orders
can be generated.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 246/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 7-10
SAP AG 2006
20062006
Portion A
27.7. 28.7. 29.7. 30.7. 31.7. 1.8. 2.8. 3.8.
Portion A
27.7. 28.7. 29.7. 30.7. 31.7. 1.8. 2.8. 3.8.
20072007
Portion A
27.7. 28.7. 29.7. 30.7. 31.7. 1.8. 2.8. 3.8.
Scheduledmeterreadingdate
Billing periodBilling period
Meter reading period for meter reading unit 1
Meter reading period for meter reading unit 2
Meter reading period for meter reading unit 3
for all meter reading unfor all meter reading unitsits
Endof meterreadingperiod
Endof meterreadingperiod
Endbilling
period
Meter reading
BillingBilling
Meter reading
BillingBilling
Scheduling: Annual Billing
Scheduled billing date
End of billing period: This is the date on which the portion is to be billed for the first time. This
date, together with the length of the billing period (that is, the period length), determines the date of
the next billing (start of the next billing period = end of the billing period + 1 day).
The scheduled billing date is the date on which the contracts belonging to a portion are billed. This
takes the SAP calendar into account.
The end of the meter reading period corresponds to the end of the billing period, and is used as a
basis for defining dates of subsequent meter reading periods.
The scheduled meter reading date is the date on which the schedule specifies the register is to be
read. It is also the date for which periodic meter readings are generated in scheduling. It forms the
basis for calculating the expected consumption during meter reading order creation; it also acts asthe final date for determining the budget billing amount.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 247/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 7-11
SAP AG 2009
Scheduling: Monthly Billing
July
Portion 1
27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 1. 2. 3.
Portion 1
27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 1. 2. 3.
August
Portion 1
27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 1. 2. 3.
Targetreadingdate
Billing periodBilling period
Meter reading period for meter reading unit 1Meter reading period for meter reading unit 1
Meter reading period for MR unit 2Meter reading period for MR unit 2
End of meter readingperiod
End of billing
period
Target billing date
Meter reading period for meter reading unit 2Meter reading period for meter reading unit 2
for meter reading unitsfor meter reading units
Meter reading
Billing
Meter reading
Billing
To generate schedule records for the above, the following settings are required:
• Portion:
- End of billing period: August 3
- Target billing date: August 1
- Period length: 1 month
• Meter reading units:
- End of meter reading period*: July 31
* When the meter reading unit is created, the end of the meter reading period is automatically
adjusted to correspond to the end of the billing period.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 248/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 7-12
SAP AG 2009
MRunit
A
S t r e e t R o u t e
Street Route
District 1
Street 1
Street 2
Street n
District 2
District n
Device 1
Device 2
Device n
Device loc.1
Device loc.n
Device loc.2
Connectionobject 1
Connectionobject 2
Connectionobject n
254.1247.02254.1247.02
You can use this component to determine the sequence in which devices in a service territory are
read. This enables you plan the optimum route for the meter reader.
You make specifications in a meter reading unit according to the following criteria:
• City
• Street
• House number (connection object)
• Device location
• Device
You can maintain the street route for a single meter reading unit or create a combined street route for
several meter reading units. The prerequisite for a combined street route for several meter reading
units is the joint allocation of different meter reading units in the corresponding scheduling master
records.
The enhancement EDMLSORT (sorting of meter reading orders for printout and download) can be
used for the street route.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 249/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 7-13
SAP AG 2009
Meter Reading: Process
Meter Reading Organization
Scheduling
Street route
Meter Reading Process
Meter reading order
Meter reading result
Monitoring
Special Meter Reading Functions
Meter reading by customers via theInternet
Reversal
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 250/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 7-14
SAP AG 2009
Planned Meter Reading Procedure
Date for meter reading
reached
Createmeter reading
orders
Outputmeter reading
orders
Printmeter reading
orders
Downloadmeter reading
data
Performmeter reading
Performmeter reading
Enter
meter readingresults
Upload
meter readingresults
Checkmeter reading
results
Manualmeter reading
due
MDEreading
due
MRresults
determined
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 251/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 7-15
SAP AG 2009
Meter Reading Order Creation
Date for meter reading
reached
Createmeter reading
orders
Outputmeter reading
orders
Printmeter reading
orders
Downloadmeter reading
data
Performmeter reading
Performmeter reading
Enter
meter readingresults
Upload
meter readingresults
Checkmeter reading
results
Manualmeter reading
due
MDEreading
due
MRresults
determined
Meter Reading Order
Individual order Mass order
Individual Order Data
Selection using the meter reading unit,contract, installation, and device
Additional dates for billing control
Mass Order Data
Selection using From meter reading unit and
To meter reading unit
Schedule task in task management
Specification of Meter Reading Reason
You can influence order creation using three control IDs:
• Include meter reading category schedule record
- If you select this field, the planned meter reading category for the schedule record has
priority. This enables you to prepare meter readings by customers, providing the schedule
record allows this.
• Meter reading interval check
- If you select this field, the system checks whether a meter reading order or meter reading
result already exists in the meter reading interval. If it does, the system suppresses the meter
reading order with the lower reading reason priority.
- Deselecting this field speeds up meter reading order creation. The order is always created,
even if you have defined meter reading reason priorities for interval checks in Customizing.
• Ignore contracts
- If you select this field and then create billing-relevant meter reading orders again, contracts
that have already had meter reading orders created for them are not analyzed or checked again
by the system to see if they are complete. This speeds up the process of recreating meter
reading orders.
• Suppress service orders / notifications
- If you select this field, the system suppresses the creation of service orders that are
automatically created as a result of Customizing settings.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 252/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 7-16
SAP AG 2009
Meter Reading Order Output
• Cover page• MR documents
MDE • MR announcement• Card for meter reading by customer
Output media
Meter reading information (selection)
Expected reading with area
Any number of previous meter readingresults
Street route
Notes for the meter reader(dynamic / static)
Date for meter reading
reached
Createmeter reading
orders
Outputmeter reading
orders
Printmeter reading
orders
Downloadmeter reading
data
Performmeter reading
Performmeter reading
Enter meter reading
results
Uploadmeter reading
results
Checkmeter reading
results
Manualmeter reading
due
MDEreading
due
MRresults
determined
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 253/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 7-17
SAP AG 2009
Meter Reading Result Entry
Automatic
Upload interface
Automatic estimation
Manual
Fast entry
Fast entry without correction
Fast entry with correction
Single entry
Result correction
Plausible results
Implausible results
Meter reading by customer
Via the Internet
Via WAP telephone
Date for meter reading
reached
Createmeter reading
orders
Outputmeter reading
orders
Printmeter reading
orders
Downloadmeter reading
data
Performmeter reading
Performmeter reading
Upload
meter readingresults
Checkmeter reading
results
Manualmeter reading
due
MDEreading
due
MRresults
determined
Enter
meter readingresults
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 254/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 7-18
SAP AG 2009
Meter Reading Result Data
Reference to meter readingorder with fast entry
Entry number
Check digit
MR data
Recorded meter reading
Date and time of meter reading
Note from meter reader
Meter reading type(for example, by utility company, by customer,estimation)
Meter reader number
Date and time of maximum meter reading
Functions
Correction and release of meter reading result
Estimation of meter reading result
Date for meter reading
reached
Createmeter reading
orders
Outputmeter reading
orders
Printmeter reading
orders
Downloadmeter reading
data
Performmeter reading
Performmeter reading
Upload
meter readingresults
Checkmeter reading
results
Manualmeter reading
due
MDEreading
due
MRresults
determined
Enter
meter readingresults
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 255/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 256/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 7-20
SAP AG 2009
Process of Checking Meter Reading Results
Checks can be configured for individual customers and customer groups
Permitted deviations between measured values and target values can be configuredusing tables
Tracking/monitoring of implausible results
For example Consumption from
previous period Demand from previous
periods Demand compared
with agreed max.
For example Cosine phi for
energy/demand Usage hours Control meters
Device: 4711000
Meter reading: 78133
ResultPlausible
ResultImplausible
Correction Aids
Independent
Checks
Dependent
Checks
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 257/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 7-21
SAP AG 2009
Monitoring
Selection of meter reading orders using the following
data objects:
Contract
Installation
Device
Portion
Meter reading unit
Business partner
Display (single or all):
Billing order
Meter reading order
Meter reading result
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 258/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 7-22
SAP AG 2009
Meter Reading: Special Functions
Meter Reading Organization Scheduling
Street route
Meter Reading Process
Meter reading order
Meter reading result
Monitoring
Special Meter Reading Functions
Meter reading by customers via the Internet
Reversal
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 259/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 260/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 7-24
SAP AG 2008
Meter Reading by Customer over WAP Telephone
Customer Customer
Meterreading
SAPUT
SAPSAPUTUT
Wireless ApplicationProtocol
Wireless ApplicationProtocol Energy supplier Energy supplier Internet customer Internet customer
W A P
T r a n s f e r
m e t e r r e a d i n g s SAP
BCM
SAPBCM
SAP Business Communication Management
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 261/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 7-25
SAP AG 2009
Meter Reading Reversal
New meter reading order
Reverse meterreading order
Correctselection
Startmeter readingorder creation
again
Incorrectmass
selection
Incorrectindividualselection Meter reading
order deleted
When a meter reading is reversed, all objects that were generated by the meter reading order
creation and meter reading result entry are deleted:
• Meter reading orders
• Meter reading results (optional)
• Billing orders
A reversal is necessary, for example, if you realize that the specifications from scheduling were
incorrect after periodic meter reading orders have been created for a meter reading unit,
or if you entered the wrong device when creating a control meter reading order.
On the initial screen, you can specify whether the meter reading results
• are to be deleted:
- this means that new meter reading orders are created for all devices when you recreate a meter
reading order.
• are not to be deleted:
- this means that when you recreate a meter reading order, meter reading orders are only
created for devices that have not been read. If a device has already been read, the
corresponding meter reading results are included.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 262/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 7-26
SAP AG 2003
Scheduled meter readings are controlled via meter reading
units
In meter reading preparation, documents are created for:
Meter reading by the company via meter reading lists
Meter reading by the company via MDE
Meter reading by customer via meter reading cards
Meter Reading by Customers over the Internet
Meter reading processing includes:
Automatic upload of data from external systems
Manual fast entry with and without correction
Manual single entry and meter reading estimation
Configurable validations reduce the potential for error
Meter Reading: Unit Summary
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 263/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 7-27
Exercises
Unit: Meter Reading
Topic: Meter Reading for Individual Customers
After completing these exercises, you will be able to:
• Describe the organization and the process of meter reading
• Carry out single entry of meter reading results
With periodic meter reading, the company does not read the
meters at all installations itself. For some customers, reading the
meters themselves is an efficient use of resources.
The customer reports the meter readings either in writing or by
phone. An agent records the meter readings made by customers
and enters them manually in the system.
1-1 Which meter reading units are contained in the portion T-A-00 (annual) or (T-C-00
(monthly)?
1-2 To which objects can the portion be directly or indirectly allocated?
1-3 Your business partner TB090110## would like interim contract billing.
You use the IC to read the meters for all the allocated devices.
1-4 True or false?
1-4-1 The meter reading order controls the meter reading, billing, and invoicing
processes.
1-4-2 The meter reading order can be output by printer or IDOC.
1-4-3 Meter reading results can be entered manually or automatically and are then
subject to the same validations.
1-4-4 If meter reading results are not available, the meter reading unit cannot be
billed.
1-4-5 Validations are always carried out.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 264/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 7-28
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 265/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 7-29
Solutions
Unit: Meter Reading
Topic: Meter Reading for Individual Customers
1-1 Go to the SAP Easy Access menu and choose:
Uti li ties I ndustry Schedul ing Schedule Master Record Portion Display
1-1-1 Enter the portion T-A-00 (annual) or T-C-00 (monthly)..
1-1-2 Choose Enter .
1-1-3 The planned billing date is stored in the Sched Bil li ng Date field. This is valid
for all meter reading units allocated to this portion.
1-1-4 You can view the list of the allocated meter reading units by choosing the
Where-Used Li st.
1-1-5 By expanding the Portion in MR units subdirectory, you can view all the meter
reading units that belong to this portion.
1-2 The following relationships can exist:
1-2-1 The portion is entered directly in the meter reading unit
1-2-2 The portion is entered as an alternative portion directly in the contract
1-2-3 The portion is indirectly referenced via the meter reading unit in the installation
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 266/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 7-30
1-3 To enter meter readings, proceed as follows:
1-3-1 Call the IC, and from here, the data for your business partner TB090110## .
Keep choosing Enter until the data is displayed in the navigation area.
Perform the following steps for each utility contract.
1-3-2 To enter the meter readings for each contract, proceed as follows:
• Click once on a utility contract to select it.
• Choose Enter customer meter reading .
• Confirm the defaults for:
- Meter reading reason 02 I nterim reading with bill ing
- Meter reading type 02 Meter reading by customer
• Choose Continue (F8 ) or the button.
• Enter the meter readings - even implausible values (very low/very high).
1-3-3 To correct meter readings, proceed as follows:
• Select a register line.
• Choose Correct.
• You can see the expected value on the Forecast Data tab page in the Meter
Reading Data and Consumption Data fields.
• The reading can be corrected in the Current MR field.
• To release the meter reading, choose Release .
1-3-4 You return to meter reading entry:
•
Save the meter readings.• Complete the customer contact and save it.
1-3-5 You return to the IC.
1-3-6 Repeat the steps for the other utility contracts.
1-4
1-4-1 False.
The meter reading order is an organizational aid for preparing meter readings,
collecting data, and creating the meter reading documents.
1-4-2 True.
1-4-3 True.
1-4-4 False.
Missing meter reading results can be estimated by mass runs.
1-4-5 True.
There are fixed validations that are always checked, such as implausible previous
meter reading results, deviations where the installation is inactive or
disconnected, or where devices have not been installed.
All other independent and dependent validations can be classified into validation
groups in Customizing and then carried out automatically.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 267/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-1
SAP AG 2009
Billing Master Data
Contents:
Introduction
Billing master data
Billing process
Rate Structure
Rate type and rate category
Rates, operands, and schemas
Prices
Rate Determination
Rate Allocation
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 268/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-2
SAP AG 2009
Billing Master Data: Unit Objectives
At the conclusion of this unit, you will be able to:
Explain the function of rate master data:
Billing class
Operands and operand values
Rate type and rate category
Prices
Explain the concept of the rate structure:
Components of the rate
Flow definition of the variant programs in the schema
Rate determination
Describe rate allocation
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 269/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-3
SAP AG 2009
Billing Master Data: Business Scenario
Sales and marketing requirements
Description of new products and market segments
Energy industry
Specification, checking and release of new contracts
Customizing of billing master data
Creation of rate category and rate type
Definition of rates, prices, and discounts
Maintenance of agreed special conditions
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 270/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-4
SAP AG 2009
Billing Master Data: Introduction
Billing master data enables you to specify contractbilling rules for both residential and commercial andindustrial customers and provides the basis for acomplete mapping of all rates.
The extremely flexible and universal structuring ofrates allows you to implement new and creativesales and marketing concepts.
An open architecture allows you to adapt andsucceed in a changing environment.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 271/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-5
SAP AG 2009
Billing Process: Introduction
Billing of contracts for residential as well as commercial andindustrial customers
Supports billing procedures for international utilitymanagement, such as periodic, interim, and period-end billing,floating backbilling, final billing, budget, average monthly, andequalized billing
Open to new billing procedures
Third party billing and cross-company code billing
Special features: Examples includethermal gas billing, billing for external
generators and installations without a meter
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 272/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-6
SAP AG 2009
Generationof billingline items
Validation
of billingresults
Executionof variant
programs
according toschema
Quantity
conversionand
proration
Data
entryand
analysis
Data relating tocustomer and
installation
Rate data Procedure data
Contract
. . .
Schema 1Rate Var.pr. Values
Rate 1
- Step 1 VarProg. A x1- Step 2 VarProg. B x2
. . .Rate 2
- Step1 VarProg. A x3- Step2 VarProg. C x4- Step3 VarProg. D x5
. . .
. . .
. . .
Rate n- Step 1 VarProg. A xxx
EXECUTI
ON
InstallationR a t e c a t e g o r y
Prices andrate facts
Rate 1
Rate n
Rate Structure
Ratedeter-
mination
R a t e
t y p eInst. structure
Rate cat. facts/Installation facts
Inst. structureRate cat. facts/
Installation facts
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 273/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-7
SAP AG 2009
Rate Type Rate Category
Ho use ho ld ra te
Wa te r, ...
....
1 m 3 Wa te r . . 3.50 Mo n t h l y re n t . 4.00
....
Allocates
A particular rate category and
rate type for a particular period
to a rate.
Rate Determination
The rate is determined dynamically from the rate type of the register and the rate category of the
installation.
Rate determination is managed historically.
This has the advantage that rate changes can be performed easily. You are then not required to
change the rate types and rate categories in the master data. Instead, a new rate is determined
starting at a new from-date.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 274/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-8
SAP AG 2006
Billing Class: 1
Classifies installations within a division, for exampleresidential/C&I contract
Can be valid for multiple rate categories
Used for validation in scheduling and in the billing master data
Enables several franchise fee groups to be defined
Can be used as a statistical criterion
If you change the billing class, you must also change the ratecategory. You do not have to perform a final billing
The billing class classifies installations for billing.
The billing class is also used for the following purposes:
For consistency verifications between the master data and billing master data. For example, you
can verify that a residential customer's installation has not been allocated to a nonresidential
contract.
As a statistical criterion, for example in the sales statistics.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 275/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-9
SAP AG 2006
Rate Category I
Valid for one division only
Belongs to a single billing class
Contains one valid billing schema
Controls billing - used to determine the rate in conjunction
with the rate type
Determines which outsorting checks occur during billing
Controls accompanying backbilling and period-end billing for
nonresidential customers
Controls advance billing and dynamic period control
The rate category classifies the installation for billing. The rate category is used in conjunction with
the rate types to determine the rate.
Rate determination:
rate type + rate category = rate
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 276/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-10
SAP AG 2006
RateCategoryBilling Class
OutsortingGroup
Division
Notes BackbillingPeriod-End Billing
DynamicPeriod Control
Billing Scheme
Billing in Advance
Rate Category II
The rate category contains data that controls the processing of billing data. This includes:
Billing Scheme
Control of period-end billing and accompanying backbilling
Outsorting checks
Any other billing-relevant data is also saved in the rate category. This includes any agreed
quantities, demand, prices, or flat rates. In the case of flat rate services (such as cable services and
street lights), no quantities are measured. You must therefore define replacement values that the
system can use for evaluation (for example number of cable connections or number of street lights
with a specific connection value).
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 277/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 278/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-12
SAP AG 2009
Rate
Billing rule for a device, register, or reference value
The sum of all the steps relevant to billing that are performed
during the billing process
These steps are represented by one or more variant programs, thesequence of which is specified in the billing schema.
The rate can be permissible for either
the register
the device
the reference value (facts)
Rate steps affect accountdetermination and the creation ofbilling line items.
Rates specify:
• How measured consumption values are extrapolated or divided up during meter reading data
processing and prorations
• Which billing-related values are measured by a register
• Which reference values are billed (for example, for flat-rate services)
• In which calculation formulas the measured values or reference values are used
• Which prices are used
• Which constants, factors, and influencing factors are included in the calculation
• To which general ledger accounts the calculation results (bill line items) are posted
• How the bill line items are treated statistically
• The division and billing classes to which the rate is allocated
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 279/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-13
SAP AG 2003
QUANTITY FACTOR QUANTITY
Calculates x% of a quantity
QUANTITY FACTOR QUANTITY
Calculates x% of a quantity
. . .. . .
. . .. . .
NUMBER OF DEMAND PEAKS DEMANDCalculates N peak averages
NUMBER OF DEMAND PEAKS DEMANDCalculates N peak averages
DEMAND PRICE BILLING LINE ITEMSValuates demand with a price
DEMAND PRICE BILLING LINE ITEMSValuates demand with a price
. . .. . .
QUANTITY QUANTITY QUANTITY
Difference of two quantities
QUANTITY QUANTITY QUANTITY
Difference of two quantities
. . .. . .
. . .. . .
QTY PRICE BILLING LINEValuates energy with a price ITEMS
QTY PRICE BILLING LINEValuates energy with a price ITEMS
ACT_KWH 0.5 ACT_50%ACT_KWH 0.5 ACT_50%
REACT_KWH- ACT_50% BILL_REACTREACT_KWH- ACT_50% BILL_REACT
BILL_REACT USD 0.06 BILLING LINEITEMS
BILL_REACT USD 0.06 BILLING LINEITEMS
Variant poolVariant pool
Variant poolVariant pool
Contract text:
The reactive energy that exceeds50% of the active energy is valuatedusing a separate price.
Contract text:
The reactive energy that exceeds50% of the active energy is valuatedusing a separate price.
*
*
**
*
-
Example: Billing Rule for Electricity
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 280/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-14
SAP AG 2003
Rate step Fact group
Grouping of individualfacts allocated to a rate
Elementary calculation andprocessing step
Rate
Rate Structure
A rate is a billing rule for a register or a reference value, that is, all billing-related steps executed
during billing.
A rate step is represented by one or more variant programs. These are small, independent programs
that perform elementary calculation steps.
Several rate fact groups can be allocated to one rate. In this way, if the same rate is used, the
operands can still be filled with different values.
A rate step is determined by the variant that is being used.
Variants are small, independent programs that perform elementary calculation steps.
Many variants calculate values relevant to billing and therefore generate billing line items. Other
variants convert values and make the results available to subsequent variants.
Variants usually have input and output operands which represent the parameters included in the
variant. These operands belong to a particular operand category.
• In the rate, a combination of variants is used to model the billing rules.
Example of fact group:
The rate fact group X contains the rate facts "minimum demand = 20 kW" and "discount rate =
10%". This means that if the customer uses at least 20 kW, he/she receives a discount of 10%.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 281/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-15
SAP AG 2003
Rate
Permissibility
Division
Usage type
Register operand
Validation class
Minimum timeportion required for
extrapolation
Billing class
Rate Data
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 282/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-16
SAP AG 2009
Rate stepDebit and creditbudget billing
sub-transactions
Statistical rate
Fine-tuned control ofvariants (additional
parameters)
Franchise feegroup
Input operand(s)and
output operand(s)
Variant program
Indicator for optionalbilling step
Debit and creditbilling sub-
transactions
Data for the Rate Step
Variants are modules in the rate or in the schema that contain a billing rule.
A sub-transaction is a key that classifies the document item for account determination.
It differentiates the main transaction.
Optional billing step indicator: Schema steps can only be executed in billing if all input operands
are supplied with values for the entire period that the step covers. If this is not the case, the optional
indicator is checked:
If the indicator is not set, billing of the contract is terminated
If the indicator is set, the schema step is not executed.
Processing then continues with the next schema step.
Input and output operand: Description determined within a company for the values that are usedas input and output parameters in variant programs.
Statistical rate: You must specify a statistical rate for all rate steps that generate billing line items.
During billing, the statistical rate is written to the billing line item. This rate key can be used to
analyze the billing documents.
Franchise fee group: A company's own grouping of business partners subject to the same franchise
fee conditions (such as major customers or households).
Fine-tuned variant control: Some variant programs require additional input parameters to define
the action of the variant programs. Example: Depending on the settings, a variant that subtracts two
values can also create negative differences or suppress them.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 283/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-17
SAP AG 2009
Fact Group
Fact Group
Operands
OperandValues
A fact group is the grouping of individual facts allocated to a rate.
Facts are
Concrete values such as 100 kW
Keys, for example for prices that are allocated to operands and are valid for a certain period of
time.
Operands are allocated to the fact group.
Operands manage the operand values.
The operand values represent the historically managed characteristics of the operands.
Example: Fact group X contains the following rate facts:
Minimum demand 20 kW
Discount 10%
This means that if the customer uses at least 20 kW, he/she receives a discount of 10%.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 284/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-18
SAP AG 2003
Operands
Operandcategory
Division
Unit ofmeasurement
Historymanagement
Weighting key
Access control
Rounding rules
Determination of the
demand peaks
Operand Data
The operand category classifies the operands for the variant programs.
Rounding rules consist of:
The place to which rounding is carried out:
- If you specify a positive value, rounding is performed to that number of places after the
decimal point.
- If you specify a negative value, rounding is performed to that number of places before the
decimal point.
The rounding type (the principle used to round):
- + for rounding up- - for rounding down
- 0 for rounding to the nearest whole number
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 285/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-19
SAP AG 2006
Operand category Description
AMOUNT Amount
DEMAND Demand
FACTOR Number with decimal places
QUANT Quantity
QPRICE Quantity-based price
REFVALUE Reference value
SEASON Season
TPRICE Time-based price
Operand Categories/Examples
USERDEF User-defined value
Operands link values to be billed and variant programs.
An operand is allocated to an operand category and a division. Operand categories determine the
functions of the operands The variant program determines which operand categories can be used as
input and output operands.
The system contains 20 different operand categories.
The operand categories are predefined by SAP and cannot be changed.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 286/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 287/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-21
SAP AG 2008
Price C0.70
Price C0.70
Price B0.60
Price B0.60Rate category factsRate category factsRate category facts
Rate facts and rate fact groupRate facts and rate fact groupRate facts and rate fact group
Have precedence over
Have precedence over
Price A0.55
Price A0.55
H i
e r a r c h y
Allocation of Operand Values
Installation factsInstallation facts
Operand values are usually stored in the rate facts and are, therefore, valid at rate level. Cross-rate
operand values can also be defined in the rate category facts and installation facts. They have
priority over the rate facts.
At rate fact and rate category fact levels, you can also enter replacement values. These replacement
values give you more flexibility when allocating operand values.
You can also historically overwrite operand values. In this way, a different price key can be
allocated to a certain installation for only a certain period of time, for example, a month. In the other
months, the values from the rate facts are used.
If no operand value can be determined during billing, the system cancels billing and outputs an error
in the application log. Exception: the rate step is marked in the rate as an optional rate step.
In the rate facts and rate category facts, you define general operand values. These apply to groups of
customers. An installation fact level, you define individual values, such as connection values and
number of persons.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 288/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-22
SAP AG 2009
Schema I
Is valid for a certain division
Is valid for a certain billing class
Contains one or more rates
Determines the sequence of the rate
steps for billing
Contains indicators for
billing line item relevant to posting
billing line item relevant to statistics
A schema is a structure that determines the sequence in which variant programs of the rates to be
billed are executed.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 289/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-23
SAP AG 2009
Schema II
Dependent on the rate category in theinstallation
Influences sorting of the billing lineitems on the bill form
Controls the grouping of billing lineitems
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 290/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-24
SAP AG 2006
Price Categories
Quantity-based pricefor quantities and consumption values
Flat-ratefixed amounts per time unit (consumptionflat-rates and flat-rate amounts)
Rental pricefor the use of a measuring deviceover a certain period of time
Time-based price
for demand and connection values
The price categories are predefined by SAP and cannot be changed.
The price categories are used internally to control data processing. Normally, you create the prices
based on the rate. In this case, the correct rate is proposed by the system.
The price category is a characteristic in the header data.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 291/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-25
SAP AG 2006
Standard price:Price not based on quantity
Zone price:One or more quantity-based prices
Scale price:Quantity-based price
Price Types
The price type specifies how the particular price is to be used.
In addition to standard single prices, you can also use scale and block prices.
Certain sequential quantity ranges (for demand and/or energy) are defined by price scaling. If one
quantity range is exceeded, the price for the next quantity range applies for the entire quantity. In
this way, higher consumption can be cheaper than lower consumption.
Certain sequential quantity areas (for demand and/or energy) are defined by price blocking for
which certain prices apply, in other words different prices are used. This prevents higher
consumption from being cheaper than lower consumption.
The price type is a characteristic in the header data.
Block and scale limits are maintained in the historical data.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 292/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-26
SAP AG 2003
The discount category defines a discount or surcharge.
The discount type determines the calculation of:
Absolute values
Relative values
The reference defines how the discount is applied:
Quantity
Price
Amount
Discounts / Surcharges
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 293/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-27
SAP AG 2003
Billing master data is classified by:
Billing class
Ratecategory
Rate type
The rate consists of:
Variants, which are provided with operands
A schema, which determines the processing sequence
of the variants Prices, discounts, and surcharges
Indirect rate determination
Reduced maintenance of data in the case of ratechanges
Billing Master Data: Unit Summary
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 294/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-28
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 295/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-29
Exercises
Unit: Billing Master Data
Topic: Rate Structure
After completing these exercises, you will be able to:
• Describe the elements and the structure of a rate.
• Carry out a price change for a particular key date.
• Adjust the budget billing amount for the business partner.
Provide information to customers on rates and price calculations.
1-1 Which rate categories have been defined in the installations for business partner
TB110110## ?
1-1-1 Electricity
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
1-1-2 Water
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
1-2 Which devices and registers are billed to the business partner?
1-2-1 Electricity
______________________________________________________
1-2-2 Water
______________________________________________________
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 296/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-30
1-3 Which rate types are allocated to the business partner at the following levels?
1-3-1 Electricity
Device level: ________________________________________
Register level: ________________________________________
1-3-2 WaterDevice level: ________________________________________
Register level: ________________________________________
1-4 Carry out rate determination for the rate categories and rate types in tasks 1-1 and 1-3.
Division Rate category Rate type Rate determined
Electricity
Electricity
Water
1-5 Provide information on the electricity rate E1_1.
1-5-1 For which object is the rate permissible?
__________________________________________________
1-5-2 From which components is the rate comprised?
Name the variant programs and describe the functions: __________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
1-5-3 Which operands belong to the rate fact group?
What is their significance?
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
1-5-4 What is the energy price?
__________________________________________________
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 297/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-31
1-6 (Optional)
The consumption of the flat-rate installation for business partner TB010110## has
increased.
As a result, the installation must be extended by installing an additional meter as of
today's date. Extend the flat-rate electricity installation by installing a meter using
today’s date and the following details:
Connection Object: TB010110## Device Location: TB010112DL0##
Installation: TB010130##
New Device: TB010130## with installation meter reading 250
Make sure that you only allocate household rate data at register level
Note that you must adapt the billing-relevant data for the installation to the new
circumstances before the device is installed to ensure that billing and the billing-related
installation of the device are correct.
To do this, you must allocate a suitable rate category to the installation and limit the
installation facts: For example, rate category E1 instead of E4, since the installation isnow measured and no longer a flat-rate installation.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 298/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-32
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 299/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-33
Solutions
Unit: Billing Master Data
Topic: Rate Structure
1-1 Identify business partner TB110110## in the IC and display the data for this business
partner.
Go to the SAP Easy Access menu and choose:
Uti li ties I ndustry→ Customer Service→ Front-Of fi ce/Customer I nteraction Center
→ Customer I nteraction Center
From the Info action, choose Customer Overview for the business partner. The ratecategory is on the bottom tab page of each contract.
Alternatively, you can double-click the installation(s) in the navigation area.
1-2 Display the utility installations for the business partner from the customer environment.
In the installations, choose the Devices button.
1-3 Display the utility installations for the business partner from the customer environment.
In the installations, choose the Bill ing View button.You can find the rate types for the devices in the billing view on the Rate Types tab
page.
1-4 For rate determination, go to the SAP Easy Access menu and choose:
Uti li ties I ndustry→ Bil ling→ Master Data→ Defi ne Rate Determination
Division ategory Rate type Rate determined
Electricity 1001 E1_1
Electricity 1002 E1_2
Water 3001 W1_1
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 300/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-34
1-5 Display the business partner installation.
Choose Bil ling View .
You can find the rates on the Rates tab page.
Double click on the rate key.
1-5-1 In the Permissibility display area, you can see
that the rate is only permitted for registers.
1-5-2 In the rate, choose the Rate Steps button.
You can see a description of the variant by choosing Environment→ Variant
Documentation .
1-5-3 In the rate, choose the Facts button.
You can now see the operands.
You can display the operand values by choosing Expand .
It is helpful to show the color legend here.
Utilities → Color Legend .
1-5-4 Double-click on the operand value.Depending on the price category, you may need to double-click on the price too
(with block and scale prices).
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 301/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 8-35
1-6 Call the maintenance screen for the flat-rate installation of business partner
TB010110## :
In the navigation area, select the flat-rate installation.
Click on the right mouse button to choose Rate Maintenance.
Choose the time slice overview and specify today’s date for the selection. Set the
Prorate indicator and choose the newly created time slice by double-clicking on it. Anew time slice for the installation data relevant to billing opens automatically.
The rate category E4 that was entered was defined as the rate category for flat-rate
installations and is only suitable for the rate types set down in the (installation) facts.
Since another rate has to be found for the device installed, you have to specify a rate
category that matches a rate type at device or register level. For this reason, change the
rate category in the current time slice to E1.
To ensure that your billing is correct, you must also specify the validity of the previous
rate type in the installation facts.
To do this, choose the Facts button. On the following screen, select the rate type by
double-clicking on it.Limit the period of validity to the day before the installation of the device.
You may have to delete another automatically generated continuation line before you can
copy the settings.
Choose Copy to transfer the settings and then save them.
The installation is now ready for billing-related device installation.
Now call the device installation transaction from the SAP Easy Access menu by
choosing:
Uti li ties I ndustry Device Management Device I nstall ation Installation Full
Device Location: TB010112DL0##
Installation: TB010130##
Activity Date: Today's date
New Device: TB010130##
To continue processing, choose Enter .
Activity Reason: 02 Installation extension
Meter Reading Recorded: 250
Periodic Consumption: 1000
Rate Type:: 1002 Off-peak active energy
Fact Group: 0001 Residential customer Activate the indicator for payment of rental and clearing charges.
Save your entries.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 302/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 303/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-1
SAP AG 2009
Billing and Invoicing
Contents:
Billing
Overview
Billing functions
Special functions
Invoicing
Overview
Invoicing functions Creation of print and contract accounting documents
Exception Management
Overview
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 304/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-2
SAP AG 2009
Billing and Invoicing: Unit Objectives
At the conclusion of this unit, you will be able to:
Describe the billing process
Billing process, simulation
Credit memo, manual backbilling
Outsorting, bill reversal
Describe the features of invoicing
Invoicing tasks and process
Special features of invoicing Use of invoicing documents
Describe the features of exception management
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 305/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-3
SAP AG 2009
ImplausibleMR results
ImplausibleMR results
Plausible
MR results
Plausible
MR results
MR
order
MR
order
Billingorder
Billingorder
Billingorder
Billingorder
Billingdocument
Billingdocument
MRorder
creation
MRrecording
Billing Invoicing
MRcorrection
SAP Utilities Meter Reading / Bill / Invoice
Printdocument
Printdocument
Invoiceprintout
Meter reading order creation: Meter reading orders are created for each register.
Billing orders are created for each contract.
A billing order is automatically created with the meter reading order. However, the billing order
does not have billable status. The billing order can only be billed once plausible meter reading
results have been entered.
The billing order is deleted during billing. The billing process creates a billing document that is the
basis for invoicing.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 306/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-4
SAP AG 2009
Billing
Overview
Billing procedures and special functions
Billing and simulation process
Formation of billing rules
Billing functions
Scheduled dates and periods
Billing transactions
Billing and simulation
Document display
Special functions
Credit memo, manual backbilling
Outsorting, reversal
Content
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 307/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-5
SAP AG 2003
Contract billing of the supply and services
provided is the most important function of autility company.
Integrated processing of both residential andcommercial and industrial customers requiresseveral billing rules.
Increased competition requires the billingprocess to be flexible and efficient.
Different types of simulation enable the correct
billing to be performed.
Billing: Introduction
SAP Utilities
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 308/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-6
SAP AG 2009
Move-Out processing in the customer center
Move-Out date and meter readings reported bytelephone
Implausible meter reading requires meter reading bythe company
Meter reading processing
Create meter reading order
Enter or estimate meter reading results
Start of billing and invoicing Final billing, followed by invoicing
Billing: Business Scenario
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 309/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-7
SAP AG 2003
Universal Billing Engine
Generation
of billingline items
Validation
of billingresults
Executionof variant
programs
according toschema
Quantity
conversionand
proration
Data
entryand
analysis
Data relating tocustomer and
installation
Rate data Procedure data
Contract
. . .
Schema 1Rate Var.pr. Values
Rate 1
- Step 1 VarProg. A x1- Step 2 VarProg. B x2
. . .Rate 2
- Step1 VarProg. A x3- Step2 VarProg. C x4- Step3 VarProg. D x5
. . .
. . .
. . .
Rate n- Step 1 VarProg. A xxx
EXECUTBON
Inst. structureRate cat. facts/
Installation facts
Inst. structureRate cat. facts/
Installation facts
InstallationR a t e c a t e g o r y
Prices andrate facts
Rate 1
Rate n
Ratedeter-
mination
R a t e
t y p e
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 310/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-8
SAP AG 2009
Billing in SAP Utilities
Discounts,surcharges
Generalduties
Pro-rations
Franchisefees
Priceadjustment
. . . . . .
ResidentialcustomersCommercial
& industrialcustomers
Co-generator
Bus iness
Partner
Elec-tricity
Gas
Water/Waste water
Districtheating
Cabletelevision
MultimediaCharges,
taxesduties
Div is ions
ConsumptionService
Flat rates
Billing rules, variants
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 311/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-9
SAP AG 2009
Billing Procedure
Billing Procedure
On a monthly basis
Key date
Period
To-the-day
Seasonal
Comparative (best-rate billing)
For employeesRolling (back-billing, final
billing)
Special Functions
Interim billing
Outsorting for bill verification
Simulation
Manual backbilling
Manual credit memo
Reversal procedure
Unbilled revenue reporting
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 312/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-10
SAP AG 2003
Meter reading
Billing
Invoicing
Billing order processing that involves valuatingconsumption and services for individualcontracts, and creating billing documents forinvoicing.
Definition of Billing
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 313/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-11
SAP AG 2003
Billing
Determination ofbilling periods
Determination andconversion of
quantities
Creation of billingdocuments forinvoicing
Determination of •Rate data•Price data
Determination ofchange date and
proration to thatdate
Valuation ofquantities withprices
Billing Tasks
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 314/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-12
SAP AG 2006
MO TU WE TH FR SA SU
18152128
29162229
310172330
411182431
5121925
6132026
7142127
Length of period for periodic billing
n days; 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, or 12 months
Length of period for period-end billing
n + n days; 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, or 12 months
To-the-day billing
Based on the date of the meter reading
Month-based billing
Dependent on key date Month-based billing
Dependent on intervals
Billing Periods
The billing period for which the utility bills the customer can be determined in a number of ways.
These are:
• For an exact number of days
Determines the exact length of the billing period in days, for example the period between the last
billed meter reading and the current day of meter reading.
• Month-based
Bills a specific number of complete months. If the case of a move-in or move-out, the month-
based procedure can be billed based on the number of days.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 315/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-13
SAP AG 2009
Forms of Billing
Periodic BillingRecurring periodic billing
Floating BackbillingSpecial form of monthly periodic billing in which backbillingis performed for previous months using a current valuefor example, monthly comparison of N peak average
Period-end BillingBilling occurs upon the conclusion of the billing cyclefor example, 13th billing, when a year is back-billed
Interim Billingunscheduled billing at any time; can be initiated at the customer's request
Final Billingwhen the customer moves out or when the contract is terminated
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 316/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-14
SAP AG 2003
Best-rate billingThe most favorable rate is chosen for thecustomer on the basis of several billingrules.
Quantity-based rate for basic priceThe annual quantity consumed is usedto determine the billingrule that applies.
Demand-based rate determinationThe measured demand is used to determine the billing rule thatapplies.
Season-based billingExamples: Different prices for each season, different billing rulesfor each season.
Special Forms of Billing
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 317/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-15
SAP AG 2009
Energy price
Demand price
Basic and serviceprice
Seasonal valuesand variants
Block and scaleprice
Usage hours
Best-rate billing
Decision
variants
Billing
General Billing Functions
Energy prices are used to valuate measured or calculated consumption. For example:
Adjustment of calculated consumption over the course of the billing period
Comparison with maximum/minimum purchase quantities and further processing of difference
quantities
Breakdown/valuation of energy quantities using different percentage rates or time criteria
Demand price s are used to valuate measured or calculated demand. The number of the measured
demand values used for calculating the demand to be billed is variable. For example:
Comparison with minimum demand, maximum demand, or other demand established in the
contract, and further processing of the difference demand (such as excess demand)
Breakdown and valuation of demand using different percentage rates
You can valuate any number of demand replacement values with time-based prices for the provision
of the supply. The demand replacement values can also be levied as a flat rate.
Block and scale price
Seasonal values and variants
Decision variants
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 318/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-16
SAP AG 2003
Billability check
Consideration ofregister
relationships
Manual credit memosand backbilling
Billing of companyand plantconsumption
Determination oftaxes, duties, andcharges
Energy feedingfrom small powerproducers
Special Billing Functions
Billing
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 319/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-17
SAP AG 2008
Billing and Simulation
SimulationBilling
SAPSAP
UTUT
Billing Types
Reverse
billing
Date reachedfor
billing
Enter selectioncriteria
Select type ofbilling
Bi l l in gselected
Simulationselected
Startbilling
Startsimulation
Check
billingdocuments
Check
simulationdocuments
Startinvoicing
simulation
Billing
documentsimplausible
Billingdocuments
correct
Billingdocumentsincorrect
Outsortdocuments
Startinvoicing
Choosebilling type
Description:
Creation of billing documents usedonly for further processing ininvoicing
Description:
Creation of simulationdocuments that are only used forfurther processing in invoicingsimulation
Processing Steps:
Billing order is retained andand can still be used forsimulation
Meter reading results can still
be changed
Simulation document iscreated
Processing Steps:
The billing order is deleted andcannot be billed again
Meter reading results cannot be
changed again
Billing document is created
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 320/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-18
SAP AG 2009
Simulation Types
Reverse
billing
Date reachedfor
billing
Enter selectioncriteria
Select type ofbilling
Bi l l in gselected
Simulationselected
Startbilling
Startsimulation
Checkbilling
documents
Checksimulationdocuments
Startinvoicing
simulation
Bi l l in gdocumentsimplausible
Billing
documentscorrect
Bi l l in gdocuments
incorrect
Outsort
documents
Start
invoicing
Choosesimulation
type
Description:
Billing can be simulated without abilling order for any group and forany period of time.
Processing Steps:
Simulation period can be freelydefined
Extrapolation that takes accountof meter reading results
Period can already have beenbilled
Description:
Billing is simulated on the basisof a billing order that can beprocessed.
Processing Steps:
Period is determined by thebilling order
Meter reading results relevantto billing are required
Valuation of billing
Check capacity for billing
SAPSAP
UTUT
SimulationBilling
simulation
SimulationTypes
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 321/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-19
SAP AG 2003
Reverse billing
Billing datereached
Enter selectioncriteria
Choose billingtype
Bi l l in gchosen
Simulationchosen
Startbilling
Start simulation
Check billingdocuments
Checksimulationdocuments
Start invoicingsimulationBilling documents
implausibleBilling documents
correct
Billing documentsincorrect
Outsort
documents
Start invoicing
Check
documents
Simulationdocument
Billingdocument
Description:
Simulation produces asimulation document
Billing produces a billingdocument
Purpose Documents the procedure
Saves and validates the results
Used for further processing of billing line items
Document Types
Simulation
Billing
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 322/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-20
SAP AG 2003
Reverse billing
Billing datereached
Enter selectioncriteria
Choose billingtype
Bi l l in gchosen
Simulationchosen
Startbilling
Start simulation
Check billingdocuments
Checksimulationdocuments
Start invoicingsimulationBilling documents
implausibleBilling documents
correct
Billing documentsincorrect
Outsort
documents
Start invoicing
Check
documents
Internalbillingdata
Account data
Print data
Meter readingdata
Device data
Price data
Billing
line items
Documentsfrom
• Simulation
• Billing
Rate data
Document Information
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 323/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-21
SAP AG 2003
Reverse billing
Billing datereached
Enter selectioncriteria
Choose billingtype
Billingchosen
Simulationchosen
Startbilling
Start simulation
Check billingdocuments
Checksimulationdocuments
Start invoicingsimulationBilling documents
implausibleBilling documents
correct
Billing documentsincorrect
Outsort
documents
Start invoicing
Processdocuments
further
Billingreversal
Outsorting
InvoicingInvoicingsimulation
Further Processing of Documents
Documentsfrom
• Simulation
• Billing
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 324/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 325/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 326/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-24
SAP AG 2008
Billing Reversal
Description:
Only one billing document isreversed. This can occur with orwithout a subsequent correctionbill.
Possible Reasons: Incorrect conditions for
nonresidential contract
Incorrect meter reading result
Technical fault
...
ReverseBilling
Individualreversal
SAPSAP
UTUT
Massreversal
Reverse
billing
Date reachedfor
billing
Enter selectioncriteria
Select type ofbilling
Bi l l in gselected
Simulationselected
Startbilling
Startsimulation
Checkbilling
documents
Checksimulationdocuments
Startinvoicingsimulation
Billingdocumentsimplausible
Billing
documentscorrect
Bi l l in gdocuments
incorrect
Outsort
documents
Start
invoicing
Reversedocuments
Description:
More than one billing documentis reversed. Selection takesplace using document intervalsor lists ofindividual documents.
Possible Reasons: Incorrect billing group
Incorrect rates and prices
Incorrect sales tax
...
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 327/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-25
SAP AG 2003
16.2.04Incorrectbilling document
Jane Smith
Electricity . . . . 900Gas . . . . . . .1.000Water . . . . . . . 700
Total . . . . . 2.600
Documentoutsorted
Documentimplausible
Reversebilling
Correct dataRestart
billing
23.2.04Reversedbilling document
Billing order
24.2.04Correctedbilling document
Jane SmithElectricity . . . . 600Gas . . . . . . 1.000Water . . . . . . . 700
Total . . . . . . . 2.300
Reversal indicator set
Jane Smith
Electricity . . . . 900Gas . . . . . . 1.000Water . . . . . . . 700
Total . . . . . . .2.600
Reverse billing
Billing datereached
Enter selectioncriteria
Choose billingtype
Bi l l in gchosen
Simulationchosen
Startbilling
Start simulation
Check billingdocuments
Checksimulationdocuments
Start invoicingsimulationBilling documents
implausibleBilling documents
correct
Billing documentsincorrect
Outsort
documents
Start invoicing
Reversedocuments
Billing Reversal Process
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 328/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-26
SAP AG 2003
Billing processes billing orders, valuates
consumption and demand, and creates billingdocuments for invoicing.
There are two types of billing:
Simulation, which creates simulation documents
Billing, which creates billing documents
Outsorted billing documents require additionalprocessing - Documents must be either released orreversed. Reasons for outsorting:
Failed validation
Indicator set in the contract
Individual or mass reversals enable quick correctionand subsequent billing.
Billing: Unit Summary
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 329/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-27
SAP AG 2009
Overview
Definition of invoicing and tasks involved
Distinguishing between invoicing and billing
Invoicing functions
Invoicing units
Cross-company code invoicing
Creation of FI-CA and print documents
Document flow
Bill printout
Outsorting, reversal
Content
Invoicing
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 330/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-28
SAP AG 2009
Invoicing links contract billing to contract accounts
receivable and payable, and prepares bill printout.
The bill sum total is determined after clearing billingdocuments against the budget billings already paid,and against the taxes, charges, and duties that aredue.
Flexible clearing options, such as payments foropen items, reduce the amount of manualprocessing required.
Invoicing: Introduction
SAP Utilities
The bill sum total is calculated as follows:
• Bill sum total = Total receivables from billing
• paid budget billings
• other credits (credit memo, payment on account)
• + other receivables (backbilling, dunning charge)
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 331/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-29
SAP AG 2009
Move-Out processing in the customer center
Move-Out date and meter readings reported bytelephone
Implausible meter reading requires meter reading bythe company
Meter reading processing
Create meter reading order
Enter or estimate meter reading results
Start of billing and invoicing
Final billing, followed by invoicing
Invoicing: Business Scenario
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 332/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-30
SAP AG 2009
Meter reading
Billing
Invoicing
The process that links the billing documents tocontract accounts receivable and payable, andprovides the basis for bill creation.
Definition of Invoicing
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 333/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-31
SAP AG 2008
Invoicing: Overview
FIFI--CACASAPSAP
UTUT
Billing:
Consumption billing createsbilling documents by evaluating
consumption values andservices.
Transactions Relevant forInvoicing
Billing documents
Credit memos
Backbillings
Contract Accounts Receivableand Payable:
Contract Accounts Receivable and
Payable makes processes relevantfor payment available, andmanages the individual accounts.
Transactions Relevant forInvoicing
Open items
Paid budget billing amounts
Manual postings
Dunning charges
Payments on account
Invoicing Bill printout
BB plan
Due date determination
Clearing
Use of credits
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 334/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-32
SAP AG 2009
Invoicing
Joint invoicing
Cross-companycode invoicing
Accountdetermination
Credit clearing
Creation ofbudget billing
plan
Due date
determination
Tasks of Invoicing
Budget billingclearing
Optional Invoicing
tasks
Invoicing is the process that integrates contract billing with the Contract Accounts Receivable and
Payable (FI-CA) component. It also forms the basis for bill creation.
Optional invoicing tasks:
Account maintenance
Interest on Cash securities
Interest on Receivables
Dunning
Late Payment Charges
Invoicing is used for the following:
Grouping together billing documents of contracts from the same contract account into one joint
bill.
Posting documents to FI-CA (sub-ledger accounting)
Supplying bill printout documents for bill creation
Processing budget billing plans
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 335/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-33
SAP AG 2003
Reverseinvoicing
Date for
invoicingreached
Enter selectioncriteria
Chooseinvoicing type
Invoicing chosenInvoicing
simulationchosen
Start invoicing Start invoicingsimulation
Checksimulationdocuments
Simulate billprintout
Invoicing
documentsimplausible
Invoicing
documentscorrect
Invoicing
documentsincorrect
Outsortdocuments
Start bill
printout
Check bill
printoutdocument
Check the FI-CAdocument
Startinvoicing
Creation of invoicing units
Summary of the billing documents in a contract account
can be controlled at contract level.
MandatoryContracts for which the documents must be invoiced together
OptionalContracts for which the documents can be invoiced together
ExclusiveContracts for which the documents must be invoiced separately
Invoicing Units
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 336/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-34
SAP AG 2009
Contract 1Mandatory
Joint invoice
Contract 1Mandatory
Joint invoice
Contract 2Mandatory
Joint invoice
Contract 2Mandatory
Joint invoice
Contract 3Mandatory
Joint invoice
Contract 3Mandatory
Joint invoice
Contract 4Optional
Joint invoice
Contract 4Optional
Joint invoice
Document 4Optional
Document 4
Optional
Document 3Mandatory
Document 3Mandatory
Document 1Mandatory
Document 1Mandatory
DocumentOptional
Document
Optional
Billing
Contract 5Exclusive invoice
Contract 5Exclusive invoice
Document 5Exclusive
Document 5Exclusive
DocumentExclusive
DocumentExclusive
InvoicingContractaccount
B i l l
B i l l
Mandatory and Optional Contracts: I
Contracts 1-3 have a joint invoicing ID. This means that a bill is only created when documents are
available for all three contracts.
Contract 4 can - but does not have to be - invoiced with the other contracts.
Contract 5 is always invoiced separately
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 337/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-35
SAP AG 2009
Contract 1Mandatory
Joint invoice
Contract 1Mandatory
Joint invoice
Contract 2Mandatory
Joint invoice
Contract 2Mandatory
Joint invoice
Contract 3Mandatory
Joint invoice
Contract 3Mandatory
Joint invoice
Contract 4Optional
Joint invoice
Contract 4Optional
Joint invoice
Document 4Optional
Document 4
Optional
Document 3Mandatory
Document 3Mandatory
Document 1
Mandatory
Document 1
Mandatory
DocumentDocument
Contract 5Exclusive invoice
Contract 5Exclusive invoice
Document 5Exclusive
Document 5Exclusive
DocumentExclusive
DocumentExclusive
Document 2
Mandatory
Document 2
Mandatory B i
l l
B i l l
Billing InvoicingContract
account
Mandatory and Optional Contracts: II
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 338/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-36
SAP AG 2008
Invoicing Options
Reverse
invoicing
Date reachedfor
invoicing
Enter selectioncriteria
Select type ofinvoicing
Invoicingselected
Invoicing
simulationselected
Startinvoicing
Startinvoicing
simulation
Checksimulationdocuments
Simulate
billprintout
Bi l l in gdocumentsimplausible
Bi l l in gdocuments
correct
Billingdocumentsincorrect
Outsort
documents
Startbill
printout
Check billprintout
document
Check the FI-CA
document
Startinvoicing
SAP Billing Documents
SAP Utilities billing documents
SD billing documents
PM/SM billing documents
Company Code Allocation
Invoicing within a company code
Cross-company code invoicing
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 339/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-37
SAP AG 2008
Source of Billing Documents
ExternalExternal
SAPSAP
UTUT
SDSD
CSCS
Bi l l Ja ne S m i t h
....
E lec t r ic i t y . . . . 600
Ma i n te na nce . 1,500
Te lCo . . . . . . . 700
To ta l . . . . 2,800
SAP Systems:
Central invoicing of allprocesses from consumptionbilling, sales and distributionand service managementsimplify the transactions.
Transactions Relevant forInvoicing
SAP Utilities consumptionbilling
SD Sales and Distribution
CS Customer Service
External Systems:
Using standard billingdocuments, billing results fromexternal systems can be invoicedand monitored together withconsumption billing results.
Transactions Relevant forInvoicing
Telecommunications
Heating costs billing
Other unbundling services
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 340/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-38
SAP AG 2009
Invoicing Various Services
Radiator $ 35Radiator $ 35
Waste water $ 50Waste $ 40
Waste water $ 50
Waste $ 40Electricity $ 15Water $ 60Gas $ 80
Electricity $ 15
Water $ 60Gas $ 80
Electricityobtnmnt $ 85
Electricity
obtnmnt $ 85
Gas pipe $ 45Gas pipe $ 45
Simplified Example
wi thout Tax !
Cable TV $ 30Cable TV $ 30
Account: A. Smith
Bill #4711 $ 180
Line items for eachreceivable:Bill #1 ...Bill #2 ...
................
Extrnl bllng doc #7
Service xy $ 70
Billsummary
in SAP Utilities
- One division for several cont
racts ("unbundling" electricity rate)
- Various divisions (S,G,W,...)
in SAP application
- Invoices from SD/CS and SAP
Utilities and billing from external
systems
Disposal service #1 Utility service #2 Energy feeding #3 Other services #4
Total bill #4711:
Bill (#1-#7) $ 510- Budgt bllng amnts pd (#1-#3) $ 330
Final invoice amount $180
Due on January 15, 2010
Sale #5
Maint. charge #6
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 341/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-39
SAP AG 2009
Cross-Company Code Invoicing
Cons. billing #1Electricity 1000,- $Gas 1500,- $Water 600,- $
Other services #3
Cable TV 180,- $
Other services #2
Waste water 500,- $Waste disposal 200,- $
Total bill #4711:
Bill (#1-#3) 3980,- $
- Budgt bllng amnt pd (#1-#3)-3600,- $
still to be paid: 380,- $
Due on 01/15/04
Mayer account (xy)Mayer account (xy)
Re. #4711 380,Re. #4711 380,-- $$
Line items for eachreceivable:
Bill #1 (xy) ...Bill #2 (zz) ...
Bill #3 (rs) ...
General ledger 02Loc. Auth. "zz"
General Ledger 01Municipal utilitycompanies xy
General ledger 03(not relevant for fin.
statements)
TV co "rs"
Electricity rec.Gas rec.Water rec.
Waste water rec.Waste dispsal rec.
Cable TV rec.
Contractsfor "xy"CoCd. 01
Contractsfor "zz"CoCd. 02
Contractsfor "rs"
CoCd. 03
FI-CA
Total Bill #4711
Company xy:
Crss-CoCd. bllng for authrty zz:
Crss-CoCd bllng for TV co rs:
Cross-company
code
bil l ing
Third
party bi l l ing SAPSAP
UTUT FIFI
This is an example of invoicing for different company codes.
The municipal utility companies xy supply their customers with electricity, gas and water.
However, XY performs billing on behalf of local authority ZZ for waste water and waste disposal.
XY also performs billing on behalf of cable company RS for cable TV charges.
This whole process occurs in the same SAP system, although it involves different companies.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 342/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-40
SAP AG 2003
Baseline date + terms of payment = bill due date
The bill due date is determined from the
following attributes:
Terms of paymentThese determine the source of the baseline date
Baseline date:Posting date, document date, or system date
Terms of payment
Allocated to the contract account centrally
Can be differentiated for incoming and outgoing payment
If a bill falls due on a holiday, the bill due date can becorrected to fall on a working day.
Can be specified for each company in Customizing
Bill Due Date
Reverseinvoicing
Date for
invoicingreached
Enter selectioncriteria
Chooseinvoicing type
Invoicing chosenInvoicing
simulationchosen
Start invoicing Start invoicingsimulation
Checksimulationdocuments
Simulate billprintout
Invoicing
documentsimplausible
Invoicing
documentscorrect
Invoicing
documentsincorrect
Outsortdocuments
Start bill
printout
Check bill
printoutdocument
Check the FI-CAdocument
Startinvoicing
The bill due date can also be combined with the first budget billing.
Posting date: Date when a business transaction is transferred to one or more accounting ledgers on
document entry.
Document date: Creation date of original document (for example, a vendor invoice).
System date: Date when a document is created in the system. This date is automatically specified by
the system.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 343/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-41
SAP AG 2003
Reverseinvoicing
Date for
invoicingreached
Enter selectioncriteria
Chooseinvoicing type
Invoicing chosenInvoicing
simulationchosen
Start invoicing Start invoicingsimulation
Checksimulationdocuments
Simulate billprintout
Invoicing
documentsimplausible
Invoicing
documentscorrect
Invoicing
documentsincorrect
Outsortdocuments
Start bill
printout
Check bill
printoutdocument
Check the FI-CAdocument
Startinvoicing
Credit memos/backbillings
Credit memos/backbillings
Billingdocuments
Billingdocuments
FI-CA documentsFI-CA documentsBudget billing plansBudget billing plans
Posting documents FI-CA
Printdocuments
Startinvoicing
Document Flow in Invoicing
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 344/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-42
SAP AG 2009
Clearing Overview
The SAP Utilities clearing concept
as part of SAP Utilities clearing processing defines:
the automatic determination of the useof a payment amount for entering apayment transaction
the automatic allocation of posted open itemsto each other in account maintenance
The selected items are cleared or partially cleared on the basis ofthese allocations.
The clearing concept provides flexible control and enables youto model your own clearing strategy in Customizing.
Reverseinvoicing
Date reached
for invoicing
Enter selectioncriteria
Select type ofinvoicing
Invoicingselected
Invoicingsimulationselected
Startinvoicing
Startinvoicing
simulation
Checksimulationdocuments
Simulatebill
printout
Bi l l in gdocuments
implausible
Billingdocuments
correct
Bi l l in gdocuments
incorrect
Outsortdocuments
Start
billprintout
Check bill
printoutdocument
Check the FI-CAdocument
Startinvoicing
Clearing concept is discussed in greater detail in IUT240 – Financials Contract Accounting.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 345/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 346/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-44
SAP AG 2009
Reverse Invoicing
Transaction
Reversal of FI-CA document
Reversal of bill printoutdocument
Possible reasons
Incorrect layout Printing problems
Bill reversal:
Bill printout and FI-CA documentsfor bills or partial bills are reversedby selection using a reconciliationkey or document number.
Full reversal:
In addition to the bill, billingdocuments are also reversed byselection using a documentnumber. Full reversal does notinclude reversal of partial billingdocuments.
Transaction
Reversal of FI-CA document
Reversal of bill printoutdocument
Reversal of billing document
Possible reasons
Incorrect billing
Bill
reversal
SAPSAP
UTUT
Mass
reversal
Reverse
invoicing
Date reachedfor
invoicing
Enter selectioncriteria
Select type ofinvoicing
Invoicingselected
Invoicingsimulationselected
Startinvoicing
Startinvoicing
simulation
Checksimulation
documents
Simulatebill
printout
Billing
documentsimplausible
Billing
documentscorrect
Billing
documentsincorrect
Outsortdocuments
Startbill
printout
Check billprintout
document
Check the FI-CAdocument
Reverseinvoicing
Reverse Invoicing
Mass reversal
or
individual reversal
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 347/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-45
SAP AG 2009
Docoutsorted
Docimplausible
Reverseinvoicing
Correctdata
Startinvoicingagain
Billingdocument
ReverseBi l l in g
Date reachedfor
billing
Enter selection
criteria
Select type ofbilling
Bi l l in g
selected
Simulation
selected
Startbilling
Startsimulation
Checkbilling
documents
Checksimulationdocuments
Startinvoicing
simulation
Billingdocumentsimplausible
Billingdocuments
correct
Bi l l in gdocumentsincorrect
Outsortdocuments
Startinvoicing
Reversedocuments
B i l l
Ja ne S mi t h
....
E lec t rici t y . . . 900
Gas . . . . . 1,000
Wa te r . . . . . 700
B udge t b i l l ing amo un ts . 2,900
Cred i t memo . . . 300
Reversal indicator set
R e versed b i l l
Ja ne S mi t h
....
E lec t rici t y . . . . . . 900
Gas . . . . . 1,000
Wa te r . . . . . 700
B udge t b i l l ing amo un ts . 2,900
Cred i t memo . . . 300
Procedure for Bill Reversal
Ne w b i l l
Ja ne S mi t h
....
E lec t rici t y . . . 900
Gas . . . . . . 1,000
Wa te r . . . . 700
B udge t b i l l ing amo un ts . 2,500
R ece i va b le . . 100
Accounting documents from Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable (FI-CA), and that were
created by SAP Utilities invoice processing, are reversed. Billing documents from the contract
billing (IS-U-BI) component and budget billing amounts from the budget billing plan component
can be re-used for invoicing after bill reversal.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 348/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-46
SAP AG 2003
24.2.03Correctedbilling document
Jane Smith
Electricity . . . . . . 600Gas . . . . . . 1.000
Water . . . . . . 700
Total . . . . . 2.300
Ne w bi l l
Ja ne S m i t h....
E lec t r ic i t y . . . 900
Gas . . . . . . .1.000
Wa te r . . . . . . 700
B ud. bi l li ngs .2.500
To ta l . . . . . . . 100
Billing order
Incorrectbilling document
Jane Smith
Electricity . . . . . . 900Gas . . . . . . 1.000
Water . . . . . . 700
Total . . . . . 2.600
Bi l l
Ja ne S m i t h....
E lec t r ic i t y . . . . . 900
Gas . . . . . . 1.000
Wa te r . . . . . . . . 700
B ud. bi l li ngs . .2. 900
C redi t me mo .. . 300
16.2.03 23.2.03Reversedbilling document
Jane Smith
Electricity . . . . 900Gas . . . . . 1.000Water . . . . - 700
Total . . . . - 2.600
Re ve rsed bi l l
Ja ne S m i t h....
E lec t r ic i t y . . . . 900
Gas . . . . . . 1.000
Wa te r . . . . . . . 700
B ud. bi l li ngs . . 2. 900
C redi t me mo . . . 300
Reverseinvoice
Documentoutsorted
Documentimplausible
Reversebilling
Correct dataRestartbilling
Restartinvoicing
Procedure for Full Reversal
This function is a mixture of the bill reversal and billing reversal functions. It enables you to
reverse different types of documents in one step.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 349/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-47
SAP AG 2008
Invoicing: Summary
The invoicing procedure includes:
Invoicing and printing of the bill
Requests for budget billings or creation of partial bills
Different reversal procedures
Flexible clearing control
Budget billing procedure
Budget billing amount: Statistical posting or real debitentry
Payment plan: Fixed amounts or variable amounts
Output
Printout on ERP printer using spool
Raw data interface for external mail processing
Archiving
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 350/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-48
SAP AG 2009
Exception Management: Introduction
SAP Utilities
Business Process Exception Management (BPEM) is a
tool which enables companies to manage processexceptions across all functional areas in one place.
BPEM uses case categories to differentiate exceptionsand to identify solutions and agents.
Cases are created automatically or manually,depending on the type of exception and its triggeringprocess.
Worklists provide users with a list of exceptions toprocess.
Maintain case categories with transaction EMMACCAT1
Create cases with transaction EMMAC1
Monitor mass activities and other automatic processes with transaction FPEMMAMA
View processing logs with transaction EMMA
Process cases with transaction EMMACL and EMMACLS
Cases can be generated in many ways: manually by user, i.e. High Bill Complaint; automatically via
a customer program; automatically by SAP program based on defined criteria, i.e. outsorting or error
message.
Case solutions can be pre-defined, and can be executed manually or automatically. Exceptions are not necessarily errors. Examples include:
High bill complaint
Research missing payment
Outsorted billing/invoicing documents
Implausible meter reads
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 351/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-49
Exercises
Unit: Billing and Invoicing
Topic: Billing a Business Partner
After completing these exercises, you will be able to:
• Describe the billing process and tasks
• Use the billing and simulation functions
Business processes require the billing of an individual customer. In
addition to periodic billing, this may be necessary due to a customer
moving out, at the request of a customer, or to advise a customer, forexample.
Carrying out a simulation for any billing period, or for the actual billing
period, allows you to provide specific information without altering data.
1-1 Your business partner TB100120## with contract account TB100120## requires a periodic
billing.
1-1-1 Call the individual billing processing transaction.
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
1-1-2 On the Individual Bill screen, enter the following information: the last day of the
previous month as the document date, your account number, signify that you
will create a meter reading order and results, select the Bill option and
execute the transaction.
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 352/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-50
1-1-3 Choose the appropriate schedule record date to create the order and record the
meter readings in the process. Use the entry which is closest to the current date
but not in the future.
• Enter a plausible meter reading for each device and register. Use the
correction and estimate functions.
Which values did you enter?Electricity register 1: ___________________________________
Gas register 1 ___________________________________
Water register 1 ___________________________________
1-1-4 Note in the log that a billing document has been outsorted. Call the outsort
processing transaction and process it by releasing the outsorted document.
1-1-5 Call the Create Bill (individual) transaction.
1-1-6 Enter IBMMDDYY-XX in the Reconciliation Key field and confirm the contract
account number and dates, then execute. Confirm the reconciliation key to becreated and view the log/display the completed document.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 353/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-51
1-2 Your business partner TB100110## would like an interim bill.
Enter the meter readings supplied by the customer.
Display the individual simulation of the bill.
Check the results and then exit the genuine bill.
1-2-1 Enter the meter readings for business partner TB100110## . Use the IC to do
this.
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
Which meter readings have you entered?
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
1-2-2 Carry out the individual simulation and display the billfor business partner TB100110## .
• For the bill simulation, go to the SAP Easy Access menu
and choose Uti li ties I ndustry Billi ng Billi ng
Execution Individual Processing Individual
Simulation Bil l ing
• Use the contract account to make your selections.
• Choose the Display bil l level of processing.
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
1-2-3 Process the individual bill for
business partner TB100110## .
• For the individual bill, go to the SAP Easy Access menu
and choose Uti li ties I ndustry Billi ng Billi ng
Execution Individual Processing I ndividual Bi ll
• Use the contract account to make your selections.
• Choose the Bill level of processing.
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 354/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-52
1-3 Display the billing document for the water contract with business partner TB100110##
and answer the following questions.
1-3-1 Display the billing document.
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
1-3-2 What was the scheduled billing period?
______________________________________________________
1-3-3 How many line items does the billing document contain?
______________________________________________________
1-3-4 Which document line item types are present and what do they mean?
Document line item type Meaning
1-3-5 What was the total billing quantity determined?
______________________________________________________
1-4 True or false?
1-4-1 Billing is always carried out after the meter reading and before invoicing.
______________________________________________________
1-4-2 Billing simulation must be carried out before billing.
______________________________________________________
1-4-3 After billing, billable orders are produced.
______________________________________________________
1-4-4 The billing documents are processed further during invoicing.
______________________________________________________
1-4-5 Individual billing items can be entered manually as backbilling or as a credit
memo. ______________________________________________________
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 355/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-53
Exercises
Unit: Billing and Invoicing
Topic: Invoicing a Business Partner
After completing these exercises, you will be able to:
• Describe the invoicing process and tasks
• Use the invoicing and simulation functions
• Explain the budget billing procedure.
The billing results are compared with the transactions in open item
accounting. The final bill amount is determined in this way.
After calculating the budget billing plan for the next period, the bill can be
printed with details of the bill due date and the new budget billing amount
due date.
2-1 Perform the invoice simulation for business partner TB100110## who was billed in
exercise 1-2-3. Carry out the following steps:
2-1-1 Simulate the invoice.
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
2-1-2 Check the log.
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
2-1-3 Display the print document.
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
2-1-4 Simulate the bill.
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 356/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-54
2-2 Process the actual invoice for business partner TB100110## .
2-2-1 Invoice the business partner.
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
2-2-2 Check the log. ______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
2-2-3 Display the bill from the customer overview.
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
2-3 Provide information on the print document.
2-3-1 From the customer overview, display the print document for business partner TB100110## .
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
2-3-2 How many line items does the print document contain?
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
2-3-3 What is the final bill amount?
______________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________
2-3-4 Which rate was used in the calculation?
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
2-3-5 What is the due date of the bill?
______________________________________________________
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 357/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-55
2-4 True or false?
2-4-1 Invoicing is only carried out after billing.
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
2-4-2 The invoice constitutes a joint bill for all the contracts in a contract account. ______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
2-4-3 The invoice includes billing documents from other company codes.
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
2-4-4 The due date of the bill is always derived from the posting date and
the terms of payment.
______________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________
2-4-5 The invoice generates print documents.
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
2-4-6 The invoice can be reversed separately or together with the bill.
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
2-4-7 The invoice only includes statistically posted budget billing amounts.
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 358/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-56
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 359/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-57
Solutions
Unit: Billing and Invoicing
Topic: Billing a Business Partner
1-1 From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose:
1-1-1 Uti li ties I ndustry→ Bill ing→ Bi ll ing Execution → Individual Processing →
I ndividual Bill
1-1-2 Enter TB100120## in the Contract account. field, the last day of the previous
month in the Document date field, and activate the checkbox next to the Enter
billing order/ME results field and click on the Execute icon.1-1-3 At the List of Schedule Records screen, scroll to the entry which is closest to and
less than the current date, and click on it. At the next screen, Display Schedule
Record, click on the Create Order button. At the next screen, Single Entry,
click on the Estimate button, then click on the Save button to save the entry.
Repeat this for each of the other contracts.
1-1-4 Click on the Log button to check the log and view the results. Note that one billing
document has been outsorted. Follow the menu path: Uti li ties I ndustry→ Bill ing→
Bil li ng Execution → Outsorti ng, enter TB100120## in the Business Partner field, and
click on the Execute icon. Select the billing document and click on the Release
document button
1-1-5 Follow the menu path: Util iti es I ndustry→ Bill ing→ Bi ll ing Execution→
I ndividual Processing→ I ndividual Bill. Enter IBMMDDYY-XX in the
Reconciliation Key field, click on the Invoice radio button in the Level of
Processing section, confirm the account number and dates, then click on the
Execute icon. Confirm the reconciliation key to be created. Confirm the billing
documents in the pop-up window. Click on the Log button to view the log and
results. Note the message which indicates a successful invoice.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 360/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-58
1-2 From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose:
Uti li ties I ndustry→ Customer Service→ Fr ont Off ice/Customer I nteraction Center→
Customer Interaction Center
Identify the customer.
1-2-1 In the navigation are on the Environment tab page, select the contract. Click the
right mouse button to choose Enter customer meter reading . Enter the meterreading results for each individual contract
You have to carry out this process three times.
1-2-2 Go to the SAP Easy Access menu and choose:
Uti li ties I ndustry→ Bill ing→ Bi ll ing Execution→ Individual Processing→
I ndividual Simulation→ Bil l ing
1-2-3 Go to the SAP Easy Access menu and choose:
Uti li ties I ndustry→ Bill ing→ Bi ll ing Execution→ Individual Processing→
I ndividual Bill
1-3 Go to the SAP Easy Access menu and choose:
Uti li ties I ndustry→ Bil ling→ Bi ll ing Execution → Display Document
1-3-1 Choose the F4 help in the Document no. field.
Enter your business partner number.
The system offers all the billing document for the customer for selection.
Select the most recent document by double-clicking on it.
1-3-2 On the Header Data tab page you can see the most important billing data.
1-3-3 On the Document Overview tab page you can see an overview of the billing lines.
1-3-4 ZWATER Energy price
000004 Rental price
IQUANT Quantities (meter readings)
1-3-5 The billing quantity is visible both in the table overview and in the individual
documents.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 361/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-59
1-4
1-4-1 True.
Billing processes the meter reading results and provides the prices of valuated
quantities for invoicing.
1-4-2 False.
The billing simulation is only a demonstration of how the real billing would becarried out.
The billing simulation produces simulation documents that can only be used for
simulating invoices.
1-4-3 False.
The billing order results from the creation of the meter reading order.
Billable status is granted when a billing-relevant meter reading exists.
The result of billing are invoice orders.
1-4-4 True.
In contrast to billing documents, billing simulation documents can only be
processed further by invoicing simulation.1-4-5 True.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 362/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-60
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 363/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-61
Solutions
Unit: Billing and Invoicing
Topic: Invoicing a Business Partner
2-1 Go to the SAP Easy Access menu and choose:
Uti li ties I ndustry→ I nvoicing→ Execute I nvoicing→ Individual Processing→
Create Bi l l
2-1-1 Select the Document Simulated checkbox.
2-1-2 Start the simulation.
2-1-3 Once the simulation is complete, choose Display Document .
You can also call the print document using the following SAP Easy Access
menu path:
Uti li ties I ndustry→ I nvoicing→ Execute I nvoicing→ Display Print
Document
2-1-4 Choose the Simulate Bi ll button.
2-2 Go to the SAP Easy Access menu and choose:
Uti li ties I ndustry→ I nvoicing→ Execute I nvoicing→ Individual Processing→ Create Bi l l
2-2-1 Identify the business partner.
Enter a reconciliation key.
2-2-2 Once the invoicing has been completed successfully, you can display the log.
2-2-3 Go to the SAP Easy Access menu and choose:
Uti li ties I ndustry→ Customer Service→
Front Off ice/Customer I nteraction Center → Customer I nteraction Center
Identify the business partner by entering the business partner number in the
Part. field.
From the Info action, choose Customer Overview .
Do not exit this display.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 364/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 9-62
2-3
2-3-1 Double click on the bill amount..
You will automatically branch to the print document display.
2-3-2 You can see the number of document line items on the Document Overview tab
page.
2-3-3 On the Header Data tab page you can see the bill total in the Amount field.
2-3-4 Choose Document Overview .
In the Rate column, you can see the rate used in the calculation.
On the Document L ine I tems tab page, scroll to different document line items
using F6 Previous L ine and F7 Next L ine.
Note the different document line item types.
2-3-5 Choose the Header Data tab page.
The Net Due Date field contains the due date for the bill.
2-4
2-4-1 True.
Invoicing processes the meter reading results and the contract accounting data
and, using this information, generates the bill and the new budget billing plan.
2-4-2 False.
With each contract in a contract account, you can specify
whether it is to be billed together with other contracts
or billed separately.
2-4-3 True.
2-4-4 False.
The posting date, as well as the document or system date, can be used as the
baseline date for calculating the billing due date.
2-4-5 True.
2-4-6 True.
2-4-7 False.
Depending on the budget billing procedure, the final invoice amount is
determined by clearing the statistically posted budget billing amounts or by
including the outstanding partial bills.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 365/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 10-1
SAP AG 2003
Contents:
Energy Data Management
Overview
Profile Header
Profile Allocation for Register
Point of delivery
Profile Values
Formula Profiles
Synthetic Profiles
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 366/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 10-2
SAP AG 2006
At the conclusion of this unit, you will be able to:
Describe functions and content of EDM
Describe the components that make up profiles
Explain how profiles are allocated to the masterdata
Energy Data Management: Unit Objectives
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 367/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 10-3
SAP AG 2003
Values determined by automated meter reading for
an interval meter should be copied to the system
Energy Data Management: Business Scenario
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 368/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 10-4
SAP AG 2009
Components of Energy Data Management
Consumption Price Charge
On-Peak kWh 100 kWh $0.25 $25.00
Off-Peak kWh 400 kWh $0.10 $40.00
Spot kWh 100 kWh $0.50 $50.00
Amount Due $115.00
John Smith
10 Park Avenue
New York
Billing period
05.01. – 06.01.
Settlement
EDM
? Historicprofiles
? Price profiles
? Forecastprofiles
BillingProfileManagement
kW
60
30
10
Spot price Additional
agreement:Spot delivery
Agreed price
Energy Data Management (EDM) allows you to manage consumption data that is measured in
intervals (load profile and load shape), as well as the related business processes.
EDM enables you to bill load shapes using RTP (real-time pricing) and time-of-use rates.
EDM allows the settlement of all interval meters and points of delivery that are not measured by
load shape:
Settlement processes
Amounts and charges
Procurement schedules and profiles
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 369/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 10-5
SAP AG 2009
Structure of Energy Data Management
Auto. MRsystems
IntervalMeter
Meterreading
document
Customermeter
reading
M D E
Point ofdelivery
D e r i v e d
l o a d p r o f i l e s S i
g n a l D o
w n l o
a d
S i g
n a l
D a t a
e n t r y D o w n l o a d
U p l o a d
Data entry
MRdata
mgmt
E D M
Load
profilemgmt
Auto. MRsystems
Auto. MRsystems Invoicing
Real-Time-PricingPrelim.billing
Public network
EDIFACT
I M P O R T
E X P O R T
Consumptionmeter
Billing
DeviceManagement
Other
modules
D o w n l o
a d
D a t a e n t r y
ContractA/R & A/P
Scheduling
control
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 370/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 10-6
SAP AG 2009
Energy Data Management and Billing
Variant-based billing
Differentiation of various rate periods using registers
Consumption billing for each register (for each rate period)using billing rules of varying complexity
Cost estimates derived from basic formulas
High billing throughput
Profile-based billing
Differentiation between fixed intervals of measurement (such as,15 min, 30 min, 1hr)
Measurement using interval meters
Consumption billing for each interval inaccordance with interval-specific conditions
Billing complies with the typicaltable calculation procedure
Low billing throughput
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 371/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 10-7
SAP AG 2006
Profile TypeHistorical profile, schedule profile, formula profile, forecastprofile, synthetic profile, day profile
Consistency check groupDetermines the checks that are executed when profile valuesare imported
Replacement Value GroupDetermines the calculation of plausible values that are usedinstead of missing or implausible values
Validity period
Profile value category
Amount, factor, quantity, demand, price, other Interval length
5, 10, 15, 30, 60 minutes
Profile Header
Characteristics for profile values are determined in the header data of a profile.
Once the profile header has been saved, only the description, the consistency check group, the
replacement value procedure group, and the authorization group can be changed.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 372/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 10-8
SAP AG 2006
Profile Allocation for Register
Measuredprofile
Measuredprofile
Regionalstructure
Regionalstructure
Contractaccount
Contractaccount
Businesspartner
Businesspartner
InstallationInstallation
ContractContract
Register Register
DeviceDevice
PremisePremise
Connectionobject
Connectionobject
Profiles can be allocated to(logical) registers of interval
meters This allocation is historical and
role-based
The role determines the profile'stask for this register
Examples of roles aremeasurement and forecast
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 373/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 10-9
SAP AG 2003
Point of delivery
MeasuredProfile
MeasuredProfile
Contractaccount
Contractaccount
Businesspartner
Businesspartner
InstallationInstallation
ContractContract
Register Register
DeviceDevice
Point ofdelivery
Point ofdelivery
Point to which a utility service issupplied or to which a utility servicecan be determined for a customer
A point of delivery has one externalidentification number at any time(point of delivery descriptionaccording to metering code, forexample)
The point of delivery is used forcommunication in automatic dataexchange
The point of delivery is used toexchangemeter reading results
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 374/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 10-10
SAP AG 2009
Import Profile Values
Profile
I n t er f a c e
Meterreadingresult
EDI
PoD
Other
market part ic ipant
Intervalmeter
Signal
Download
For example:Siemens meteringFröschl
Görlitz
For example,MSCONS
SAP Utilities /EDM
AMRsystem
Conversion
EDI
sub-system
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 375/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 10-11
SAP AG 2003
Profile Values
A profile value is saved for every interval
At least one status is saved for every profile value
Multiple versions can be managed for every profile
Profile values can be displayed in table or in graphical form
Profile values can be changed individually or for certain periodsof time
Profile values can be imported using BAPI or IDoc
An OLE (Excel) interface exists
Profile values can be displayed on the web
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 376/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 10-12
SAP AG 2009
Formula Profiles
100
0
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
1 / 4 h d e m a n d ( k W )
18.01. 1995 19.01. 199 5 20.01. 1995 21.01. 199 517.01.1995
0 0 : 0 0
1 2 : 0 0
1 2 : 0 0
1 2 : 0 0
1 2 : 0 0
0 0 : 0 0
0 0 : 0 0
0 0 : 0 0
EDM
+
+
+
request
request
UI
UI
UI
UIrest load
RL = TL -NL -SL - MC
elementary l oad profile
aggregated load profile
formula-based profile
scheduling
automatic
+
TLtotal load
NLnet losses
SLstreet lights etc.
MCmeasured customers
PoD
UI
request
request+
+
Formula profiles are used to calculate profile values on the basis of a functional connection.
You should use formula profiles if the relationship of input parameters
to output parameters rarely changes (for the grid energy-feeding curve, for example).
Formula profiles allow automatic calculation depending on the input parameters.
The calculation is scalable.
User-defined formulas can be added.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 377/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 10-13
SAP AG 2009
Synthetic Profiles
Residentialcustomer
Working daySummer 00:00 24:00
Weekend
Working dayWinter
Weekend
00:00 24:00
00:00 24:00
00:00 24:00
Sun 03.28 Sat 04.03 Sun 04.04Mon 03.29 Tue 03.30 Wed 03.31 Thu 04.01 Fri 04.02 Mon 04.05 Tue 04.06
Week-
end
Winter Summer
Working day Working day Weekend Working day
Synthetic profiles are used where an interval measurement does not take place.
Synthetic profiles are profiles whose values are generated based on predefined periods (defined
using blocks of days and seasons) and the allocated day or annual profiles.
Synthetic profiles are used for classifying customers or customer groups.
Synthetic profiles are allocated at installation level.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 378/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 10-14
SAP AG 2006
You are now able to:
Describe the components that make up profiles
Explain how profiles are allocated to the masterdata
Energy Data Management: Summary
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 379/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 10-15
Exercises
Unit: Energy Data Management
Topic: Profile Management
After completing these exercises, you will be able to:
• Display profiles
• Determine and interpret profiles
Gain an overview of the EDM component.
1-1 Display the profile header allocated to business partner TR0101A0## .
1-1-1 What is the status of the profile header?
____________________________________________________________
1-1-2 What is the profile type of the profile header?
____________________________________________________________
1-2 Which role has been allocated to the profile of business partner TR0101A0## .
To which device is the profile allocated?
____________________________________________________________
1-3 Display the profile values.
What is the highest profile value?
Enter 10.01.YYYY - 10.31.YYYY as the selection criteria (YYYY = current year).
Display the profile graphically.
_________________________________________________________________
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 380/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 10-16
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 381/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 10-17
Solutions
Unit: Energy Data Management
Topic: Profile Management
1-1 Display the profile header allocated to business partner TR0101A0## .
Go to the SAP Easy Access menu and choose:
Uti l iti es I ndustry Energy Data Management Prof i le Management Prof il e
Header Display
Enter the business partner and choose Continue.
Double click on the profile.The profile header is now displayed on the right of the screen.
1-1-1 What is the status of the profile header?
In the Status field, click on the icon .
1-1-2 Which profile type is assigned?
The historical profile type is allocated to the profile.
1-2 Which role is allocated to the profile for business partner TR0101A0## ?
To which device is the prof i le allocated?
Go to the SAP Easy Access menu and choose:
Uti li ties I ndustry Energy Data Management Profi le Management Profi le Al location
Enter the business partner and choose Continue.
Double-click on the profile.
You can now see the allocated role on the right of the screen.
1-3 Display the profile values.
What is the highest profile value?
Enter 10.01.YYYY – 10.31.YYYY as the selection criteria (YYYY = current year).
Display the profile graphically.
Uti l iti es I ndustry Energy Data Management Prof i le Management Prof i le Values
Enter the business partner and the selection date.
Select the profile. The profile values now appear on the right of the screen. In the upper
screen area, select the column containing the profile values and execute the sorting
function .
Display the values graphically by selecting the graphic icon.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 382/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 10-18
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 383/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 11-1
SAP AG 2009
Real-Time-Pricing
Contents:
RTP Overview
RTP Interface Structure
RTP Interface Components
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 384/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 11-2
SAP AG 2009
Real-Time-Pricing: Unit Objectives
At the conclusion of this unit, you will be able to:
Describe the Real-Time-Pricing interfaceand its components
Explain the connection of the RTP interfaceto SAP Utilities billing
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 385/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 11-3
SAP AG 2009
Values determined by automated meter reading for
an interval meter should be billed in the system
Real-Time-Pricing: Business Scenario
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 386/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 11-4
SAP AG 2009
RTP Overview
EDI / XML
Loadshape
System
Intervalmeter
Signal
Download
MSCONS
EDM RTPInterface
Billing
Other modules
Schedulingcontrol
Contractaccounting
Invoicing
Devicemanage
ment
Customer/
contractdata
SAP Utilities
PoD(OBIS indicator)
AMRsystem
The RTP interface is the link between the following SAP Utilities components:
Energy Data Management (EDM)
Contract Billing (BI)
The RTP interface is used to prepare the profiles managed in EDM for billing.
For this purpose, the RTP interface need to be allocated to the rate at which an interval meter is
billed.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 387/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 11-5
SAP AG 2009
RTP Interface
Allows time series, such as load shapes, to be billed
Uses the load shape data directly from EDM
Is fully integrated with SAP Utilities Billing
Allows flexible modeling of nonresidential customer andmajor customer billing using interval reading
Is easily extendable (customer-specific formulas and resultfunctions)
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 388/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 11-6
SAP AG 2009
RTP Billing
Period-related billing
Time-of-use group (on/off-peak rates)
Day groups (week day/weekend day)
Season groups (summer/winter)
Use of a spot price or an index price
Determination of demand values (highest demand, forexample)
Inclusion of other profiles for billing
Determination of consumption groups
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 389/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 11-7
SAP AG 2009
RTP Billing Example
E01 Load shape: Quant i ty
E03 Limit 2: Quant i ty
E02 Limit 1: Quant i ty
A03 Over limit 2: Quant i ty
A04 Over limit 1: Demand A02 Over limit 1: Quant i ty
A01 To limit 1: Quant i ty
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 390/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 11-8
SAP AG 2009
RTP Billing Data Model
Installationstructure
Logical register
Installation
Rate cat.
Rate type
Rate det.Rates
VarProg.
Billing schema
Rate 1Step 1Step 2
Rate nStep 1
VarProg.Example: Quantity x price
Comparison of two demands
Operand values1000kWh, 0.25 UNI
400kW, 300kWProfile
Individual RTPinterface
PI
RTP Interface
...
P1
P2
P12
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 391/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 392/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 11-10
SAP AG 2009
In
x1
Formula
yn = f(x1,x2,... xm)
Out
y1
y2
Components
Component control:
RTP Interface Structure II
Season type
Day type
Day time type
Active/InactiveDD.MM.YYYY.HH.MM - DD.MM.YYYY.HH.MM
Pr1 = x1
Components
y1 -> e1;e2
y2 -> e3
Result function
e1 < sum >
e2 < sum >
e3 < peak >
Facts
quantity = e1;e2
demand = e3=
RTP interface
EDM profile
management
IS-U
billing
Profile
Legend
x: Input parameter y: Output parameterse: Result parameter quantity: consumption
pr: profilef: formulademand: demand
The RTP component defines the structure of parameter allocations.
Example: You want to make parameter allocations separately according to on-peak and off-peak
rate times. In order to do this, you define a time of use group that divides the day into on-peak
and off-peak times.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 393/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 394/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 11-12
SAP AG 2009
Formula definition
Formula
Input
Profile
Limit 1
Limit 2
Virtual
Profile
Virtual
Profile
Virtual
Profile
Function Module
yn = f(x1,x2, … xn )
x1
x3
x2
y1
y3
y2
OutputFormula
The formula is the basis of profile calculation on which the RTP calculations are based.
The formula is allocated to an RTP interface.
It contains a fixed number of input and output parameters depending on the formula.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 395/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 11-13
SAP AG 2003
y1
e1
e2
e1 sum QUANTe2 average DEMANDe3 peak DEMAND
Result Function Op. Cat.
Result
Summer
On-peak
Weekend
Off-peak
On-peak
Workday
Off-peak
Winter
On-peak
Weekend
Off-peak
On-peak
Workday
Off-peak
Components
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 396/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 11-14
SAP AG 2003
Transfer of Results to RTP Operand
IS-U billing schema:IS-U billing schema:
y1
result function Op. Cat.
e1 sum QUANT
e2 average DEMAND
e3 peak DEMAND
Rate: ON_OFF_PEAK
RegOperand
RTP-Interface ON_OFF_PEAK
001 ....
... ...
007 QUANTI01 ONPEAKCON ... Pricing for ON Peak consumption
008 QUANTI01 OFFPEAKCON ... Pricing for OFF Peak consumption
... ...
y1 = Output parameter
e1 = Event parameter
Result parameters can be allocated to an output parameter.
Result parameters describe the result of an RTP interface once it has been executed. The values of a
result parameter are defined using the result function.
The discrete result parameter is used as an operand in the rate (by allocating it to an operand).
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 397/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 398/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 11-16
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 399/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 12-1
SAP AG 2009
Budget Billing Plan
Contents:
Budget billing procedure
Determination and requirements of budget billing
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 400/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 401/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 12-3
SAP AG 2009
A customer's consumption pattern has changed.
After adjusting the period consumption, you
recalculate the budget billing plan.
Budget Billing Plan: Business Scenario
Budget billing plans can be created automatically during the movein process, or manually in a
standalone process.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 402/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 403/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 404/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 12-6
SAP AG 2009
Budget Billing Plan Overview
Manual
calculation
Clearing
Budget BillingPlan
Budget
billing cycle
Amount
limits
Amount
rounding
Amount adjustment factor
Due date
determination
Automaticdetermination
Min.
amount
Grouping of budget billing amounts from one billing period
Allocation of budget billing amounts to individual contracts
Display of accumulated and individual budget billing amounts
Display of the open budget billing amounts
Automatic and manual determination of the budget billing amount
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 405/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 12-7
SAP AG 2009
Creating or Adjusting Budget Billing Plans
Business Processes
For move-in
For periodic billing Extrapolation
For invoicing Budget billing plan
Amount Determination
Manual calculation
Automatic extrapolation
Due Date of Budget Billing Amounts
Terms of payment from the contract account
Due date
Grouping of contracts
Amount check
Utility companies often only bill for their services at the end of a supply period (with annual
consumption billing, for example).
Therefore, to maintain liquidity during the current period, budget billing amounts are billed by
anticipating the total amount owed by the customer.
The budget billing plan defines the dates and size of the budget billing amounts
and forms the basis for budget billing.
Budget billing plans are normally created automatically (during invoicing or move-in, for example).
However, you can also create them manually.
Contracts that must be invoiced together are assigned a joint budget billing plan. All other contracts
belonging to the contract account can have an individual budget billing plan.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 406/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 12-8
SAP AG 2006
20062006
01.11. .... .... .... .... .... .... 01.08.
Billing period20072007
01.09. .... .... .... .... .... .... 01.14.
Budget billing period
Actualmeter reading
Extrapolation of consumption usingconfigured weighting procedure;billing simulation for this period
Next scheduledmeter reading datefrom scheduling
Distribution of total simulated amountover the budget billing due dates
Distribution of total simulated amountover the budget billing due dates
Quantity-Based Extrapolation
Billing calculates the consumption up until the next scheduled meter reading date. Simulated billing
is carried out for the budget billing period. The budget billing items created in this way are
transferred to invoicing in the billing document. Invoicing accepts these amounts and distributes
them to the individual budget billing due dates.
For this reason, ensure you have generated schedule records for the next billing period before you
simulate billing.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 407/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 408/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 12-10
SAP AG 2009
Budget Billing Plan: Summary
You are now able to:
Explain the difference between a budget billingplan and a payment plan
Create and change budget billing plans
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 409/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 410/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-2
SAP AG 2003
At the conclusion of this unit, you will be able to:
Describe the document structure in contractaccounts receivable and payable
Provide information on customer accounts
Explain some common business transactions inContract Accounts Receivable and Payable andperform them in the system.
Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable: UnitObjectives
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 411/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-3
SAP AG 2003
Document structure and posting
Display account balance
Payment for account balance
Process returns and post charges
Dunning for the contract account
Arrangement of installment plan
Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable:Business Scenario
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 412/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-4
SAP AG 2009
Overview
Documents
Account display
Payments
Returns
Dunning
Installment plan
Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable:Overview
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 413/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-5
SAP AG 2009
Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable:Integration
BusinessInformationWarehouseCO-PA
TR-CM
CO
SDInvoicing
FI-GL
SAP UTInvoicing
Ext.Billing
Systems
Customer RelationshipManagement
FI-CA
FSCM
You can transfer SD invoices directly to FI-CA subledger accounting. Under certain conditions you
can also post SD invoices as invoicing requests, together with an IS-U invoice.
Print documents from external billing systems can be imported to FI-CA using a standardized IDoc
interface and processed there.
Postings in FI-CA trigger an immediate posting in Cash Management (TR-CM).
Postings in FI-CA are transferred regularly (for example, daily) to the general ledger.
Additional account assignments from cost accounting are included, and forwarded to the account
assignment objects. The component CO-PA is supplied with the necessary information from the IS-
U invoicing component for different update types. This information is transferred regularly using
transfer reports that are triggered in FI-CA or IS-U. The integration in Financial Supply Chain Management (FSCM) improves customer-oriented
processes. Business partners can use the Biller Direct component to check bills and initiate
payments (as well as other functions) on the Internet. The Credit Management component allows
companies to create and check credit profiles.
FSCM was integrated with ERP 2005, which means that a separate instance is no longer required.
Extractors for open and cleared FI-CA items, and for other debit-relevant information, were
developed for the Business Information Warehouse (BW).
Integration in Customer Relationship Management (CRM) makes it possible to efficiently process
transactions in the Call Center.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 414/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-6
SAP AG 2009
Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable is the FI-CA component(Financial Accounting-Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable)
FI-CA is designed and executed as a subledger for customerprocessing
Contract Accounts Receivable and Payableand FI-CA
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 415/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-7
SAP AG 2009
FI-CA Open Architecture
FIFI--CACA
Open itemsPosting information
InformationBusiness processes,
Workflow
Data Exchange
SAPUT
SAPUT
SAPTEL
SAPTEL
IS-IS/CDIS-IS/CD Other Other
IS-IS-CD: Insurance Industry Component:
Industry Specific Component - Insurance - Collections/Disbursements
IS-T: Industry Specific Component Telecommunications
Other industries: Public Sector and Media
As of Release 4.64, the component FI-CAx has been delivered as an industry-independent solution
of Financial Supply Chain Management.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 416/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 417/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-9
SAP AG 2009
Business partner
Contains central data, such as names, addresses,
communication data and bank details.
Represents a natural or legal person with whombusiness relationships can be conducted.
Contract account
Contains control data, such as payment methods,terms of payment and dunning procedures.
Object, for which open item accounting is managed inContract Accounts Receivable and Payable
Usually represents a group of contracts(industry-specific).
Contract (industry-specific)
Documents and items
FI-CA Central Objects
BP
Account Account
ContractContractContract
IS-U
FI-CA
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 418/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-10
SAP AG 2009
I n v o i c i n g
G e n e r a l
l e d g e r
Item (cleared)OP (not due) OP (due) -- Time
Account display
Archiving
Payment (cash payer, direct debit payer)
S e v e r a l O P s
I n t e r e s t
N e w
d u e i t e m
C h a r g e s
O r i g i n a l O P
O r i g
i n a l O P / C h a r g e s
Returns
Deferral
Dunning
Interest calc.
Write Off
Doubtful entryInd. val. adj.
Installm.plan
FI-CA Business Transactions
Collection Agency
Archiving is only executed for cleared items.
General ledger transfer occurs at regularly scheduled intervals – defined by the customer.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 419/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 420/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-12
SAP AG 2003
At the conclusion of this topic, you will be able to:
Explain the document structure in contractaccounts receivable and payable
Post receivables items
Documents: Aims
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 421/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-13
SAP AG 2008
Documents: Introduction
If business processes are not integrated with SAUtilities or SD, or automatically connected toContract Accounts Receivable and Payable by aninterface, individual postings can be entered intothe system as manual documents.
Examples include rent receivables, leasereceivables, as well as receivables for an energyconsultant.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 422/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 423/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-15
SAP AG 2009
G/L
items
G/L
itemsG/Litems
Business partner
items
Business partner
itemsBusiness partner items
Documents in Contract Accounts Receivableand Payable
Business partner items
Document header
G/Litems
1:N 1:N
The basis for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable is the document with
• Document header
This contains the data that is valid for all line items, such as document date, posting date,
reconciliation key.
• Business partner items (receivables lines or reconciliation lines)
These contain all data relevant for payment transactions or dunning and the receivables account
or reconciliation account which is debited or credited.
• G/L account item (revenue lines)
This contains the data for the profit and loss statement, data for sales tax, as well as any
additional account assignments for cost accounting
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 424/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-16
SAP AG 2009
Document Header Data
General
• Document date• Document type• Document number
Reference andcurrency• Reference• Currency• Conversion rules
Document header
General ledger
• Posting date• Reconciliation key• Single document
Management data
• Created by• Date entered• Origin
Additional data
• Reversal document• Reversed with• Returns reason
As with all SAP transactions and documents, the userid of the creator and the date/time of creation
are stored.
The origin key is an internal identifier which designates the process which created the document.
Origin keys are provided by SAP and are not changeable.
If the document is reversed, the original document is updated.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 425/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-17
SAP AG 2003
Header Data: General Document Data
General
• Document date• Document type• Document number
Document header
The document date indicates the issue date of the original document.
Document types
• Distinguish between business transactions
• Control document storage using the number range allocated. The document number is
determined during posting by the number range.
• Are valid for a single client
• Examples of document types are: AB Miscellaneous document, GB Fees, FA Invoicing.
Document number:
• Key, which identifies the document in the contract account receivable and payable for each
client.
• Depending on the type of number assignment, the document number is assigned automatically by
the system when the document is posted, or is preset externally when the document is entered.
• The type of number assignment is decided by the document type entered in the document header.
It specifies:
- A number range from which the document number is chosen.
- Whether the number is entered automatically or manually.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 426/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-18
SAP AG 2003
General
• Document date• Document type• Document number
Document Header: Reference and Currency
Reference andcurrency
• Reference• Currency• Conversion rules
Document header
The r eference document number can contain the business partner document number or the number
of the causal print document from IS-U Invoicing and can be used as search criteria. In
correspondence, the reference document number is sometimes printed in place of the document
number.
The transaction currency is the key of the currency, in which the document was posted.
Exchange rate
Exchange rate used for the conversion between the transaction currency and the local currency. The
exchange rate is saved at the item level.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 427/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-19
SAP AG 2003
General
• Document date• Document type• Document number
Reference andcurrency
• Reference• Currency• Conversion rules
Document header
Document Header: Link to General LedgerAccounting
General ledger
• Posting date• Reconciliation key• Single document
Posting date: The date on which the document was posted in Contract Accounts Receivable and
Payable. The posting date may be different to the entry date (date of entry in the system) and the
document date (date on which the original document was created).
Reconciliation key for G/L accounting: Key, in which the summary records of Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable were written for transfer to downstream accounting.
The key is entered as an external reference in the document header field "reference key" of the G/L
account documents the summary records are transferred to the general ledger. This means that
itemization of the totals posted in the general ledger is possible.
You must assign the key for manual postings. For mass processing, the key is assigned by the
program that executes processing (such as a payment run).
Document items belonging to one summary record are summarized. If you do not want a summary,you can select single document or single item in the corresponding field for each document. This
document is saved in the G/L document as a single document item.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 428/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-20
SAP AG 2003
Additional data-Item text-Grouping
-Period key
Clearing data
Due dates:Net/Cash
discount/deferral
Alternativepartner forpayments
Dunning data/Interest
calculation
Payment data
Repetitionspecifications
Business partner Contract account
Contract
Company codeProcess
Amounts
Mandatory dataentries
Optional dataentries
Cash managementand forecast data
Set automatically
Data on Business Partner Item
Business partner items
Item text can be used both internally and externally. To differentiate between these, texts for
external use must begin with "*". This can then be specified on all correspondence, such as dunning
notices and payment advice notes. The asterisks are automatically removed when the document is
printed.
A grouping key can be assigned to any document items that should be depicted as one item in lists,
correspondence and account processing (incoming payment).
The period key can be used, for example, if details about the billing period that the receivable
relates to are to be included in the correspondence. The required key can be entered as an alternative
to saving a long text for each item.
Repetition specifications save memory space required for repetitive document items that only differ
according to when they are due, for example, installment plan or budget billing plan items. Therepetition items appear as 'normal' in the account balance display.
Not every document needs a business partner. One example of this is a normal payment that leads to
clearing of the affected receivables lines. In this case, only a document header and general ledger
item is written for the payment, since the data relevant for the account assignment comes from the
receivables lines that linked the payment.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 429/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-21
SAP AG 2003
Amountsand taxcode
Accountassignment for subsequentaccounting
General ledger:company code,G/L account
Data on G/L Account Item
G/L
items
Value date: Day when values are set.
The value date indicates the day on which the financial transaction actually took place in financial
accounts (bank accounts, bank sub-accounts). The value date is the decisive date for displaying daily
financial status and liquidity forecast in cash management.
A planning level is allocated in the document item of Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable
for updating in cash management. The planning level is valuated in the liquidity forecast.
The tax transaction determines which type of tax is used. The keys are defined in the system and
cannot be changed. The transaction key is for documenting the tax type after transfer into R/3
general ledger accounting.
Automatic determination of tax accounts is performed using the transaction key.
In some cases FI-CA documents do not contain G/L items. These are statistical documents. Statistical posting simplifies the administration of doubtful receivables as these postings are not
transferred to the general ledger, and are thus easier to reverse if they are not paid. Budget billing
receivables are a typical example, as in most cases, there is no bill and the collection of payment, if
payment is not made, is less likely than in cases where a bill exists. In the case of statistical budget
billing amounts, the value added tax is also due with the first payment of the budget billing amount
and, as a result, when the receivable is posted in the general ledger. Dunning charges are another
example that are generally not paid.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 430/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-22
SAP AG 2003
General data Entry control
General
• Document date• Document type• Document number
Reference andcurrency
• Reference• Currency• Conversion rules
General ledger
• Posting date• Reconciliation key• Single document
• Clearing reason• Entry variants• Company code• Screen variants• Calculate taxes• Jurisdiction code• Net receivables
Data Entry: Header Data and Default Values
Document header
The entry variant controls which fields are to be hidden for posting, changing, and displaying a
document. This allows you to customize screens for the business transaction (such as a down
payment).
The calculation of taxes means that the system automatically calculates taxes using the
specifications in the business partner items during simulation or posting. If you do not set the
indicator, you have to enter the tax lines separately.
Default value for company code
• Where no company code is entered, the default company code is added to each document line
item. The company code is an entry aid for documents or line items that are to be posted in the
same company code.
• The user settings allow you to block cross-company code posting. If this setting has been made,
users must enter a company code.
The clearing reason is saved in the cleared line items and can be displayed during analysis of the
single items (such as in the account balance display). If you clear items using the function Post
document , you must specify a clearing reason here. You can define a default value in Customizing.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 431/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-23
SAP AG 2003
Receivables / credit memos
Automatic determination of
general ledger accounts and taxaccounts using transactions
Classification using documenttype
Automatic determination of duedates using terms of payment inthe contract account
Receivables or credit can becleared immediately
Business partner BP1
Contract account CA 1Amount $ 100
Business partner BP2Contract account CA2Amount $ 150
Business partner BP3Contract account CA3Amount $ 250
Data Entry: Items
Receivables and credit memos can be entered manually. During posting, a transaction that is defined
in the system is specified for each business transaction. In this way, the general ledger accounts are
automatically determined and put into the receivables and revenue lines. The same occurs for tax
codes and tax accounts.
Due dates are determined automatically using the terms of payment in the contract account.
Receivables and credit memos can also be cleared either immediately or partially.
Receivables lines can be repeated with different due dates with specification of a start date at
monthly or daily intervals (for example, for distributing a receivable amongst payment plans).
The document items of a document do not have to belong to the same business partner. Posting to
different business partner is possible.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 432/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-24
SAP AG 2003
Transactions explain the business transactionon which the posting of a line item is based.
A transaction is a combination of main and sub-transactions
Texts for the transactions explain the business transaction andare available for correspondence
Transactions control FI-CA account determination
Transactions control FI-CA value added tax determination
FI-CA uses internal main and sub-transactions, which areassigned internally by various FI-CA business processes. Thetransactions also control these business processes.
Transactions in Contract Accounts Receivable andPayable
Example in IS-U for
• Main transaction: periodic billing
• Sub-transaction: receivable from energy charge
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 433/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-25
SAP AG 2003
Main transaction Sub-transaction
Billing Energy charge receivable
Energy charge credit
Clearing price receivable
Clearing price credit
Service charge receivable
Service charge credit
Charges Statistical dunning charge
Dunning charge
Charge for items in installment plan
Examples of Transactions
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 434/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-26
SAP AG 2003
1. Doc.: Amount $ 580Net $ 500Tax $ 80
2. Doc.: Amount $ 116Net $ 100Tax $ 16
Reconciliation key: 98126ISU01
Documentposting
FI-CA documents
D 140000 $ 696C 800000 $ 600C 175001 $ 96
Reconciliation key98126ISU01
SummaryRecord
Generatepostings
FI documents
40 140000 696,--
50 800000 600,--50 175001 96,--Reference key
98126ISU01Reference transaction
FKKSU
Transfer to General Ledger Accounting
The reconciliation key is the key used to record totals records.
The reference key is derived from the reconciliation key, stored in the the general ledger document
header and can be used to trace the original subledger documents for general ledger documents.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 435/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-27
SAP AG 2003
Transfer unit for postings from Contract Accounts Receivable andPayable to financial accounting
Single documents from Contract Accounts Receivable andPayable are grouped into summary records if:
Summarization was not prevented manually
They have the same reconciliation key
They can be grouped according to G/L accounting and subsequentapplication criteria.
Examples for summarization criteria are:
Company code and date
Debit/credit indicator General ledger account
Currency
Criteria of subsequent systems or components (cost accounting)
Summary Record
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 436/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-28
SAP AG 2009
Documents: Summary I
The most important data in the document header is:
Document number
Reconciliation key
Posting date
Document date
The business partner item
Is allocated to a business partner
Contains the amount to be posted
Contains the account assignment forG/L accounting determined by the transaction
The G/L account item contains information on thecorresponding G/L accounts and additional accountassignments.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 437/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-29
SAP AG 2009
Documents: Summary II
If necessary, documents can be posted manuallyin Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable.
This is possible for both receivables and creditmemos.
An item can be entered:
individually in detail, or
in a list
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 438/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-30
SAP AG 2009
Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable:Account Display
Overview
Documents
Account display
Payments
Returns
Dunning
Deferral and installment plans
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 439/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-31
SAP AG 2003
At the conclusion of this topic, you will be able to:
Analyze the development of a contract account
Provide information on the items of a contractaccount
Use the navigation options in the account balancedisplay
Account Display: Objectives
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 440/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 441/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-33
SAP AG 2009
Document structure and posting
Display accou nt b alance
Payment for account balance
Process returns and post charges
Dunning for the contract account
Arrangement of installment plan
Account Display: Business Scenario
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 442/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-34
SAP AG 2003
Selections:
- Business partner, contract account, contract
Company code, installment plan, collective bill, reference
- List category for restricting the items to be displayed according to"status“. Examples: All open, due, or statistical items
- User-specific selections
List representation defines the line structure
Sorting is possible
Account Display: Initial Screen
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 443/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-35
SAP AG 2003
The list category determines which items are selected for theaccount display (such as open items or down payment
requests). The list category enables you to preconfigure frequently used
selections.
As an alternative to selecting items using list categories, youcan select:
A preset standard, for example, all open, non-statistical items
Define specific items in the detail selection
Even if a list category is used, the selection can still be changed
using "detail". This change is not saved, rather only used for thecurrent display.
Account Display: List Category
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 444/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-36
SAP AG 2003
Determines which fields of a document are included in the
account display.
Different line structure variants can be selected in the account
display. It is also possible to totalize and find values using
particular criteria.
The same output list can be viewed in a number of ways.
Depending on the cursor position, you can branch to the detailed
view of the document items, master data and the posting basis
Account Display: Line Layout
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 445/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-37
SAP AG 2009
Account Display: Balance Variant
Determines which balance groups will be displayed in the
balance grid.
Balance groups are only shown when they contain values .
Balance categories and balance grid are assigned to balance
groups.
The balance grid enables receivable display in aging buckets.
Balance variants and balances are used in SAP CRM to display
open items within the account display view.
Event 1299 controls the calculation of balances.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 446/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-38
SAP AG 2003
OverviewOverview
Header Header
G/Litemlist
G/Litemlist
BusinessPartner
itemlist
BusinessPartner
itemlist
Detail screenof businessof business
partner items
Detail screenof businessof business
partner items
Detail screenof G/Litems
Detail screenof G/Litems
Account Display: Navigating in the DocumentDisplay
It is possible to return to the header display from any screen.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 447/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-39
SAP AG 2003
DocumentDisplayChangeReverseClearing backInstallment planBudget billing planHistories...
Account Display: Navigation and Functions
Basic list
Account
Mass change AccountmaintenanceInstallment plansBudget billing plansDunning noticesCreditworthinessPartner locks
Master data
Business partner - Change contract
account- Change contract
Payment dataFrom payment runFrom payment lotFrom returns documentFrom repayment requestPayment use
The agent can call up all debit processes with changing transactions.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 448/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-40
SAP AG 2009
Account Display: Summary I
Variable item selection
All items / open items / cleared items
(with / without payments)
Statistical items
(all / budget billing plan / charges /...)
User-specific selection conditions
(by due date / by transaction)
Variable display
Line layout variants
User-defined account display
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 449/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-41
SAP AG 2009
Account Display: Summary II
Immediate access to environment data
Document
Business partner / contract account / contract
Payment use
Original receivables for installment plan items
Dunning history
...
Sort and summary functions within the account
display
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 450/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-42
SAP AG 2009
Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable:Payments
Overview
Documents
Account display
Payments
Returns
Dunning
Installment plan
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 451/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-43
SAP AG 2003
At the conclusion of this topic, you will be able to:
Explain the processing steps of a payment lot
Post payments using a payment lot
Post payments at cash desk
Payment Run: Objectives
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 452/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-44
SAP AG 2006
Utility companies have to deal with large numbers
of incoming payments in a reliable and efficient
manner.
Payment flow reaches the utility company in
various ways. These include data medium
exchange, automatically read documents and other
documents
Background and dialog processes are provided for
processing payments, depending on the situation
Payments: Introduction
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 453/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-45
SAP AG 2003
Document structure and posting
Display account balance
Payment for accou nt b alance
Process returns and post charges
Dunning for the contract account
Arrangement of installment plan
Payment Run: Business Scenario
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 454/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-46
SAP AG 2009
ManualAutomatic
Automatic and Manual Payments
Automatic incomingpayments
Collection procedure
Credit repayment
Returns
Payment lot Payment order lot
Check lot
Credit card lot
Payment at cash desk
Returns lot
Automatic incoming payment:
Incoming payment data from previous systems, financial institutions, or agencies is processed in
payment lots. The system automatically creates a payment posting for the corresponding business
partner. Payments are automatically allocated to one or more receivables items. If an incoming
payment cannot be allocated to an item, it is possible to post an account at contract account level.
Manual post-processing in the clarification worklist is also possible.
Collection procedure
Payments are handled by collection or direct debit from financial institutes or credit card companies
and the corresponding output media are created.
Credit repayment:
Credit is automatically repaid via check or bank transfer, and the corresponding output media arecreated.
Returns processing
Automatic returns processing with workflow link is provided for returned payments from financial
institutions and credit card companies, as well as for returned incoming checks.
Payments fall into two categories – customer initiated (check mailed, etc) and company initiated
(direct debit, etc).
Company initiated payments (incoming and outgoing) utilize payment method assigned at account
or item level, and generate payment media to facailitate communication with banking institutions or
check printing.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 455/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-47
SAP AG 2009
The payment lot stores data from external payments.
Payment data is stored in a lot if:
It has the same source
It is to be processed together
Data for a group of incoming checks is stored in a payment lot.This type of lot is accordingly called a check lot.
Bank transfers and/or debit memos that were received areextracted from an account statement and stored in a payment lot.
Payment Lot
Customer initiated payments are usually processed with the various lot functions (Payment Lot,
Check Lot, etc).
Lots group payments which are received and processed together.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 456/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-48
SAP AG 2003
Data is saved in the payment lot header if:
It applies to the entire lot
It is used as a default value for items
Payment Lot: Structure I
Header entry
Data that applies to the entire lot:
• Key
• Search term
• Posting date
• Bank clearing account
• Company code for the bank posting
• Reconciliation key for general ledger accounting
• Currency
• Value date
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 457/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-49
SAP AG 2003
Item 2
Item 1
Header Entry
Data is saved in the payment lot header if:
It applies to the entire lot
It is used as a default value for items
An item is a payment with:
Amount
Specifications for selection of receivables to becleared
Payment Lot: Structure II
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 458/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-50
SAP AG 2009
Payment lot processing includes the following steps:
Create
Change (optional)
Close (deletion and insertion of items is no longer allowed)
Post
Post-processing (for clarification and errors)Post-processing is necessary if postings were generated in an interimaccount, or if it was not possible to make any postings.
Newpayment
lotCreate Close Post
Paymentlot
complete
ChangePost-
processing
Payment Lot: Processing Steps
Payment lots are typically processed automatically via file upload – but can be processed manually.
FPB3 – report RFKKZE00 - is used to generate payment lot from file.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 459/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 460/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-52
SAP AG 2003
The essential entries are:
Amount
Payment use via selection category and selection value forchoosing open items, which are cleared by payment.
Selection categories are one character abbreviations that are
defined in Customizing.
These include: G for business partner,K for contract account,V for contract
Payment Lot: Create Items
Newpayment
lotCreate Close Post
Paymentlot
complete
Enter one line of data for each payment during list entry. Variants of the line structure can be
recorded in Customizing. You can change the entry variants using the Screen variant key.
The Details button branches to the detailed view of a selected item. You can enter additional data on
the payment, if required.
On the detail screen, you can enter any additional data necessary for payment allocation or for
further clarification.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 461/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-53
SAP AG 2003
Items can be deleted and added as long as the payment lot is notclosed.
Data on items that have already been entered can also becorrected.
Interrupted entry of a payment lot can be resumed using this
function.
Newpayment
lotCreate Close Post
Paymentlot
complete
Change
Payment Lot: Change
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 462/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-54
SAP AG 2003
Closing a payment lot means that adding or deleting items is nolonger possible.
Corrections can still be made on the payment lot items afterclosing. You can also re-open a lot
Posting cannot begin until a lot is closed.
Payment Lot: Close
Newpayment
lotCreate Close Post
Paymentlot
complete
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 463/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-55
SAP AG 2003
Postings can either be dealt with in dialog mode or in a backgroundprocess (typical for mass data).
Postings to contract accounts including payment use with:
Clearing of open items and/or
Generation of payments on account
Posting to an interim account if the payment use is unclear
A check deposit list can be printed for check lots
Payment Lot: Post
Newpayment
lotCreate Close Post
Paymentlot
complete
The following postings are generated in a posting run:
• For a check lot:
One summary posting for each lot: incoming checks account to clearing account, and one posting
for clearing account to payment use for each check (optional). The document number of the
check deposit posting is noted in the payment lot header.
• For other lots: One posting of bank clearing account to payment use or interim account. The
document number is recorded in the associated items in the payment lot.
• The payment use can consist of different components:
- Clearing/partial clearing of open items
- Postings on account
- Expense/revenue (payment difference)
- Generation of receivables (charges, interest).
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 464/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-56
SAP AG 2003
Determination of the amount available for clearing
Determination of the selection criteria for open items
Open item selection
Conversion of item currency to clearing currency
Distribution of clearing amount to open items (clearing control)
Generation of document items (such as cash discounts, charges,down payments) caused by clearing
Posting of the payment document and noting the clearinginformation in the cleared items
Automatic Clearing: Process
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 465/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-57
SAP AG 2003
If automatic allocation was not possible:
Clarification of payment use and transfer from interim account to acontract account in post processing
Correction of payment items (such as selection specifications)and restart of postings for selected items
Manual posting and clearing selected items
Generation of a repayment request if the payment use cannot bedetermined
Newpayment
lotCreate Close Post
Paymentlot
complete
Post-processing
Payment Lot: Postprocessing
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 466/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-58
SAP AG 2003
Cash journal
Cash structure
Automatic processes
Special functions
Role concepts
Evaluations
You can store your company's cash structure in the cash journal. The cash structure includes the
company cash desks in individual subsidiaries and forms the master data (two-level hierarchy) as
prerequisite for the cash journal.
The cash journal offers further functionalities:
• Automatic processes
- Default values: Company code, clearing account and lots that have already been created are
proposed according to payment category. This is also the case for cash structure allocation.
- Create lot and close
• Special functions
- Deposits and withdrawals as G/L account postings
- Transfer persons responsible (only makes sense when using role concept)
- Closing cash desk
• Role concept (head of subsidiary, cashier with special authorization, cashier)
• Evaluations can be carried out at the moment using the cash balance or historically (for each
subsidiary, cash desk, user...)
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 467/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-59
SAP AG 2003
00000150900 12131400 67291500 11Donot writeinor stampthisfield.
Deutsche Bank
CurrencyAmountPay thebearer
Amount inwords
Ortheholder ON
City
Date
Signature
Theprintedchecktextmust not be alteredinanyway.
Checkno. Account no.X X A mou nt X Sort cod e X Text
New York
1.4.1996
€ -400,--four hundred
Red Cross
ReceiptCheckdeposit list
Postdirectly
Postdirectly
Post indialog
Post indialog
Paymentposting
Paymentposting
Contract account
Payment at cash desk
Business partner
Contract account
Contract
Document number
Net due date
Payment form no.
The cash desk is integrated in the cash journal. This means that all incoming and outgoing payments
are posted using the cash desk. You can navigate directly from the cash journal to the cash desk and
from the cash desk to the cash journal. The system transfers the cash desk allocated to an agent and
other settings (determined by the system or made by the user) to the cash desk. If you use the
transaction cash journal , you cannot call the cash desk transaction directly.
If the cash journal is deactivated, you can only use the cash desk function.
Within the cash desk function, payments can be directly allocated to open items for a business
partner.
You can use a payment proposal from clearing control or assign the payment manually.
A distinction is made between cash payments and payment by check or credit card. Incoming andoutgoing payments can also be processed.
A receipt can be printed following the posting.
If an overpayment is made in cash, the remaining amount is used to decide whether a posting on
account is to be made or whether this amount is to be paid to the customer.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 468/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-60
SAP AG 2003
Open items are displayed:
In a list with one line per item and
In a control block that displays the status of clearing processing
The difference between the clearing amount and the allocatedamount is decisive here
The allocated amount is the sum of the clearing amounts that areallocated to the individual items.
The clearing can be posted if the difference:
Is zero (green light appears)
Is within a predefined tolerance limit (yellow light appears)
Clearing: Dialog Processing
Open item processing:
By double-clicking in the Amount column, inactive items become active and vice versa. As soon as
an item is active, a value appears in the "Clearing amount” column. The posting amount of the item
is proposed.
The clearing amount can be overwritten (partial clearing). By double-clicking in the Clearing
amount column, the system sets the amount that is necessary to bring the clearing to zero.
Items can also be set to active and inactive in groups. To do this, select the items in the left column
and then press the desired key (active or inactive).
The processing screen can be reconfigured by pressing the Presentation key.
You can switch between selection mode and command mode. The summarization of items in the
display can be switched on and off.
The line structure (information displayed on open items) can be varied.You can hide or display cash discount fields as well as display posting and clearing amounts as net
or gross. You can change the currency that is displayed.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 469/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-61
SAP AG 2003
Payment can be handled automatically and
manually in Contract Accounts Receivable and
Payable.
Payments are processed:
In payment lots
At the cash desk
In clearing control, you can create detailed
specifications for automatically clearing items,which can be changed during processing in dialog
mode.
Payments: Summary
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 470/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-62
SAP AG 2009
Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable:Returns
Overview
Documents
Account display
Payments
Returns
Dunning
Installment plan
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 471/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-63
SAP AG 2003
At the conclusion of this topic, you will be able to:
Describe returns processing
Post a return
Returns: Objectives
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 472/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-64
SAP AG 2006
Utility companies must deal with a large number ofincoming and outgoing payments.
A certain percentage of these cannot besuccessfully processed because the account isincorrect, closed, or not covered
The additional workload is kept as low as possibleby:
Reversing payment to the account
Passing on charges
Triggering subsequent activities such ascorrespondence or re-posting after the paymentmethod has been locked for a limited period
Returns: Introduction
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 473/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-65
SAP AG 2003
Document structure and posting
Display account balance
Payment for account balance
Process returns and post ch arges
Dunning for the contract account
Arrangement of installment plan
Returns: Business Scenario
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 474/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-66
SAP AG 2003
Returns reason
Return amountHistory
Return category Number of returns
Returns: Influencing Factors
Customercreditworthiness
and tolerancegroup
Returns
Every return category is allocated to a return reason. Return reasons can have the same category.
The return category determines the accounts used (G/L accounts for returns charges and bank
clearing account).
Company-specific returns reasons can be allocated bank-specific returns reasons.
A business partner's creditworthiness provides information on his or her payment behavior.
The creditworthiness value is made up of a manual and an automatic value. The automatic
creditworthiness value is determined by multiplying the credit numbers from credit-relevant
processes (for example dunning, returns) with the time-dependent credit rating and adding the
results. Creditworthiness is then calculated using the following formula:
Creditworthiness = automatic credit worthiness value x percentage credit factor + manual
creditworthiness History
Maximum number of days that have passed since an event before the event can be included in the
analysis of the returns history.
• The return amount is important for:
- Determining bank charges (the system interprets the difference between the return amount of
the house bank and the original paid amount as a charge, and posts it accordingly)
- Calculating the company's graduated charges for processing returns
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 475/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-67
SAP AG 2003
Pass on chargeswith/without tax
Returns: Configuration Activities
Returns
Correspondence
Calculate lotcharges
Incomingpayment method
Payment blockreasons
Deferral days
Return amount
Dunning block- Contract account- Items
Post chargesstatistically
Pass on bank charges:
Means that the bank passes on the returns charges to the business partner or the accompanying
contract account. If this is not the case, these charges are paid by the utility company.
Calculation of lot charge
Means that the business partner has to pay a surcharge in addition to the bank charges. The amount
of the lot charge depends on the amount of the returns charge.
By recording a dunning block reason in the master record of Contract Accounts Receivable and
Payable or under open items, the items due for dunning or the open items are not dunned when the
dunning program is executed.
The new due date for the receivable is calculated using the deferral days according to the following
formula:New due date = document date or return + deferral days
Recording a payment block reason for open items means that the open items are blocked for
automatic payment with the payment program.
Recording a blocking reason for incoming/outgoing payments in the master record of Contract
Accounts Receivable and Payable prevents debit memos/bank collections/payments from being
initiated by the payment program.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 476/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-68
SAP AG 2009
Returns lot processing contains the following steps:
Create
Change (optional)
Close
Post
Postprocessing (for clarification and errors):Postprocessing is necessary if postings could not be carried out.
Newreturns
lotCreate Close Post
Returnslot
complete
ChangePost-
processing
Returns Lot: Processing Steps
Returns lots are typically processed automatically via file upload – but can be processed manually.
FPB5 – report RFKKRL00 - is used to generate payment lot from file.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 477/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-69
SAP AG 2003
A returns lot can be created:
Using a program (such as returns lot with DTAUS)
In dialog mode
The following must be specified:
Reconciliation key Whether the amount contains charges
Whether the amount contains taxes
Posting type (taking back payment, new receivables)
Newreturns
lotCreate Close Post
Returns Lot: Create
Returnslot
complete
Default values on the header screen:
• The current date is defined.
• The last values entered (if available) are inserted automatically for the currency and business
area.
• Document type, clearing reason, company code and selection category are stored in Customizing
as default
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 478/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-70
SAP AG 2003
The essential entries are:
Amount
Returns reason
Payment document number
Newreturns
lotCreate Close Post
Returns Entry
Returnslot
complete
Enter one line of data for each return during list entry. Variants of the line structure can be recorded
in Customizing. You can choose other line structures in Extras --> Screen variants
By pressing the Additional specifications key, you can branch to the detail screen of the selected
item. You can enter additional data on the payment, if required.
On the detail screen, you can enter any additional data necessary for payment allocation or for
further clarification.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 479/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-71
SAP AG 2003
Items can be deleted and added if the returns lot is still open.
Data on items that have already been entered can also becorrected.
Interrupted entry of a returns lot can be resumed using thisfunction.
Newreturns
lotCreate Close Post
Change
Returns Lot: Change
Returnslot
complete
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 480/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 481/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-73
SAP AG 2003
You can decide whether postings are to be managed:
In dialog mode
In a background process
For each return
The payment document and cleared items are determined
All activities stored in Customizing are executed
The returns history is written
Newreturns
lotCreate Close Post
Returns Lot: Post
Returnslot
complete
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 482/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-74
SAP AG 2003
Clarification of return use
Correction of returns item and restart posting for selected items
Manual posting and clearing for selected items
Newreturns
lotCreate Close Post
Post-processing
Returns Lot: Post-processing
Returnslot
complete
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 483/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-75
SAP AG 2003
Basis for future handlingof the contract accountdependent on:Period of examination- Number of returns
Record of businessmanagement data forreturns processing,including:- Amounts- Document numbers
Returns History
Returnshistory
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 484/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-76
SAP AG 2003
The utility company can configure the many settingsin such a way that detailed work is taken care of inthe background.
Some of these activities are:
Reversing the clearing for the contract account
Passing on charges with/without tax
Deferral of receivables
Setting payment and dunning blocks
Triggering correspondence
Returns: Summary
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 485/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-77
SAP AG 2009
Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable:Dunning
Overview
Documents
Account display
Payments
Returns
Dunning
Installment plan
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 486/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-78
SAP AG 2009
At the conclusion of this topic, you will be able to:
Describe the two-step dunning process
Display and explain the dunning history of abusiness partner/contract account
Name some of the influential factors in dunning
Describe the differences between classical andflexible dunning.
Dunning: Objectives
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 487/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-79
SAP AG 2006
Customer payments can only be reasonablycontrolled within utility companies if they aresupported by automatic processes.
If payment is delayed, dunning automatically:
Creates a letter customer to the customer
Executes further activities
Triggers workflows (security requirement,disconnection order)
This is a general procedure and can be adjusted tocompany requirements and individual customers orcustomer groups.
Dunning: Introduction
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 488/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-80
SAP AG 2003
Document structure and posting
Display account balance
Payment for account balance
Process returns and post charges
Dunning for the contract accoun t
Arrangement of installment plan
Dunning: Business Scenario
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 489/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-81
SAP AG 2009
Dunning: Dunning Proposal and Activities
Businesspartner
Contractaccount
Openitems
Dunninghistory
Deter-mination of
new
dunninglevels
Generatedunningproposal
Generatedunning
activities
Postinterest
and
charges
Charge schedulePrint forms
Amount limits
Days in arrearsDunning frequency
The dunning program can be executed first as a dunning proposal and then, in a second run, as as a
dunning activity run based on the dunning proposal. Items to be dunned are updated, dunning
notices printed, and other dunning activities are executed in the activity run.
Dunning proposals and activities can also be processed in a program run.
The dunning proposal can still be processed before the dunning notice is printed.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 490/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-82
SAP AG 2009
Dunning procedure Dunning grouping
Dunning frequencyDays in arrears
Minimum/maximumamounts
Creditworthiness
Dunning: Influential Factors
Dunningprocess
A dunning procedure can be allocated to a contract account or to individual line items in the
document. Items due for dunning are dunned according to the settings in the dunning procedure and
dunning data is stored in the dunning history.
A dunning can only be triggered in a dunning level if the amount of all due items of a dunning
grouping exceeds the maximum amount stored in the dunning level.
Days in arrears describes the minimum number of days in arrears that must elapse after the net due
date of a receivable before a dunning letter can be created.
Another condition for creation of a dunning letter is that the dunning frequency has been reached.
To create another dunning letter, at least the specified number of days must have passed since the
creation date of the last dunning letter.
Indicator: Always dun dunning level. This means that a dunning letter is always triggered in this
dunning level, as soon as the dunning frequency has been reached, regardless of whether the days in
arrears and the maximum / minimum amount have been reached, or whether the dunning level has
been raised for any items of the same dunning grouping.
The dunning grouping determines the criteria with which items due for dunning are additionally
grouped during execution of a dunning run for example, business area, contract account, division, or
contract. Items due for dunning are always grouped according to the following criteria in the
dunning run: business partner, dunning procedure, currency, responsible company code, and
dunning letter recipient.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 491/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-83
SAP AG 2003
Determination of all business partner accounts
Reading the dunning history
Calculation of creditworthiness
Generation of a dunning proposal
The new dunning level is determined
Dunning information is not saved for items
Writing the dunning proposal in the dunning history
Dunning Proposal for a Business Partner
Possible selection parameters for a dunning proposal:
General selection criteria:
- Company code
- Business partner
- Contract account
- Net due date
Dynamic selection criteria (from the business partner item contract accounting document):
- Document number
- Business area
- Contract
- Division
- Document date
- Posting date
- Currency
- All other criteria from the document item can also be used.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 492/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-84
SAP AG 2003
Dunning charges(scale schema)
Dunning activities:Customer letter Disconnection order Deactivate installment plan
Creditworthinessand credit
weighting
Print all items
Payment periodInterest
Dunning Levels
Dunning: Configuration of Dunning Process
Dunningprocess
Every dunning procedure can be made up of different dunning levels. Dunning levels determine
the dunning intervals, the charges schema used for determining the dunning charges and the way in
which interest is calculated and posted. You can also record parameters at every dunning level for
printing dunning letters, and for currency-dependent minimum/maximum amounts.
Payment period in days. This is calculated from the dunning issue date and used for the payment
target for a dunning letter.
Payment target = dunning issue date + payment period
The Print all items indicator means that all due items that meet the same criteria for the dunning
grouping are printed on one dunning letter. Otherwise, only the items due for dunning are printed
(items that have reached the number of days in arrears specified).
Creditworthiness weighting is the time-dependent factor used to include the credit points of adunning level in creditworthiness calculation.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 493/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-85
SAP AG 2009
Dunning: Determination of Dunning Level
Contractaccount
Dunninghistory
Openitems
Dunning procedureDunning grouping
Due dateAmount
Last dunning dateLast dunning level
Where do the various influencing factors come from?
New dunning level
Items that have not yet been dunned have dunning level 0.
An open item receives the next highest dunning level if
more than the defined number of days in arrears have passed since the due date,
more days have passed since the due date than the number defined for the dunning frequency.
An item that is dunned more than once passes through the various dunning levels according to
predefined rules.
The highest dunning level of all items summarized in a dunning group determines which dunning
activities are performed for the corresponding dunning group.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 494/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-86
SAP AG 2003
Save dunning level for receivables item
Determine and post dunning charges
Determine and post interest
Execute dunning activities
Print dunning letter
Deactivate installment plan, release for collection
Generate disconnection document
Update dunning history
Dunning Activities for a Business Partner:
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 495/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-87
SAP AG 2009
Dunning: Dunning History
4711 08.01.00 DL 4 $200
4712 08.15.00 DL 4 $150
4713 09.01.00 DL 3 $250
...
4729 01.16.01 DL 1 $120
4711 08.01.00 DL 4 $200
4712 08.15.00 DL 4 $150
4713 09.01.00 DL 3 $250
...
4729 01.16.99 DL 1 $120
4711 08.01.96 DL 4 $200
4712 08.15.96 DL 4 $150
4713 09.01.96 DL 3 $250
...
4729 01.16.97 DL 1 $120
4711 14.11.2009 MS 4 $200
4712 14.12.2009 MS 4 $150
4713 29.12.2009 MS 3 $250
...
4729 25.01.2010 MS 1 $120
Each dunning-relevantitem has an entry
in the dunning history
30.01.2010 1500 $
15.01.2010 1200 $
01.01.2010 800 $
15.12.2009 800 $
Overview of all dunning levels for a business partner /contract account
Identification of the
dunning run
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 496/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-88
SAP AG 2009
New Capabilities for End-to-End CollectionsManagement
Evaluate andAnalyze
Business Rules/Dunning run
ManageCollections Work
ProcessCollections Work
Evaluation ofcollection successper collection step
Evaluation ofpromises-to-pay
Analysis of workitems / collectors’efficiency
ChampionChallenger
Analysis
Creatingpromise to pay
Collection factsheet
Extendedcollectionhistory
Flexibledetermination ofthe next collectionstep based onbusi-ness rulesconfigured inBusiness RulesFramework (BRF)
New dunningactivity forcreating workitems
Rule-based, auto-
maticdetermination ofresponsible team/agent
Workloadbalancing
Processing ofwork items ininteraction center,including:
Creating work lists Monitoring work
lists Reassigning work
items betweenagents / teams
Work listmanagement,including:
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 497/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-89
SAP AG 2009
Classical Dunning vs. New Dunning
Dunning by Collection Strategy
Amount
Days
Dunning level 1
Amount
Days
Dunning history(last collection step)
Dunningdata
Creditrating
Collection step 2
BusinessRules
Framework
CollectionStrategy
Collection step ? dunning activities
Rules engine determines next collectionstep according to collection strategy forgroup of contract accounts
Dunning by Dunning
Dunning level 2
Dunning level dunning activities
Dunning procedure of contract accountdetermines number and sequence ofdunning levels
Classical dunning is linear process based on the dunning procedure assignment
Flexible dunning is a dynamic process which allows variable activity determination using criteria
limited only by imagination
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 498/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-90
SAP AG 2009
Dynamic Activity Determination – Example
NextTreatment: L2
Previoustreatment
L1?
Previoustreatment
L2?
L1 – Earlyreminder
Treatementso far?
High Risk? Medium Risk? ELSE?
Send to legalcollections
Brokenpromises?
Disconnectionnotification
Call customer(L3A)
Final contract? ...
Send to legalcollections
Y N
N N
Y
Y
N Y
Y
Y
N
N
Y
Y High Risk No Risk
An example of a flexible strategy
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 499/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-91
SAP AG 2009
Determination of Collection Activities withBusiness Rules Frame
Actions
Action
Action Action
Ausdruck Ausdruck
BRFEvent
RegelRegel
Regel
Rule
Expression
Expression Expression
Action
Expression
IF THEN
Actions
optional
Flexible, dynamic evaluation of a variety ofparameters
Full customer context available (financial data, IS-Udata, project extensions) without data replication
Linear as well as decision-tree based collectionstrategies
Possibility of integrating manual and automaticactivities
Logic is transparent to the business
Reduces previous programming efforts
Configurable by a key user
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 500/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-92
SAP AG 2009
Dunning by Collection Strategy
Dunning Proposal
1. Business Rules Framework
Business rules evaluation for acontract (account) or group ofcontract (accounts)
2. Collection StepDefinition of dunning activity, activitypriority, dunning interval, charges &
interest, alternative collection step
3. Organizational ManagementResponsibility determination
4. Capacity Planning &Workload BalancingDefinition of max. no. of dunning
notices in a dunning activity
Dunning Activity Run
As part of the dunning proposal run, the responsible organizational units and/or positions are
determined and based on this information. Workload balancing is carried out. Only afterwards, the
dunning activity run can create the final activities. If you want to carry out workload balancing not
only for collections Workitems but also for other activities, e.g. sending reminder letters, it is
essential that also these activities have a responsible organizational unit (at least a collection center)
assigned.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 501/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-93
SAP AG 2009
Collections Management in the Interaction Center
Contact a customer as a reminder to pay theoverdue receivables
Powerful features in IC WebClient:
Optimize Interaction Center:Reduce processing time and increase customer satisfaction
Work list entry based on overdue receivables,sorted by priority / ranking
Display of all relevant information for a collector
Possibility of drilling down into further detailswhere needed
Providing all necessary functions for collections process
To Do:
Standard fact sheet provided
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 502/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-94
SAP AG 2009
Dunning in Contract Accounts Receivable andPayable provides flexible dunning that can beadjusted to meet the utility company'srequirements.
Customer payments can be controlled efficiently.The following activities are supported:
Customer letter
Creation of disconnection orders
Charging fees and/or taxes
There are two techniques for executing dunning:
Classical dunning
Flexible dunning
Dunning: Summary
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 503/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-95
SAP AG 2009
Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable:Installment Plan
Overview
Documents
Account display
Payments
Returns
Dunning
Installment plan
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 504/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-96
SAP AG 2003
At the conclusion of this topic, you will be able to:
Add items to an installment plan
Recognize the main functions for processinginstallment plans
Installment Plan: Aims
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 505/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-97
SAP AG 2006
Some customers are not able to keep up with
payments to the utility company
In this situation, installment plans or deferrals can
be arranged for one or more receivables in order
to:
Accommodate the customer
Guarantee payment
Installment Plan: Introduction
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 506/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-98
SAP AG 2003
Document structure and posting
Display account balance
Payment for account balance
Process returns and post charges
Dunning for the contract account
Installment Plan: Business Scenario
Arrangement o f instal lment p lan
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 507/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-99
SAP AG 2003
Any number of open items as the basis of an installmentagreement that are kept as original items
Interest calculation for installment plans
Installment plan charges
Letter to the customer
Change, add and delete individualinstallments
Update installment plan for incomingpayment as well as (partial) clearing oforiginal receivables
Deactivation of installment plans
Installment Plan: Characteristics
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 508/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 509/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-101
SAP AG 2003
Installment Plan: Summary
Simple procedure for creating and managinginstallment plans.
Installment plan categories make it easier to createinstallment plans on the basis of an enterprisemodel.
Either all open items, or any selection of open items,can be included.
Installment plan items are statistical document itemsthat are saved in repetition groups.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 510/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-102
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 511/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-103
Exercises
Unit: Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable
Topic: Manual Document Entry
At the end of these exercises you will be able to:
• Post a document manually
Understand the kind of information that is contained in a FI-CA document
and know how to access this information
You are an assistant in accounts receivable accounting in your company.
Your colleague has just completed an energy consultation.
You now have to post the corresponding receivableto the business partner’s contract account.
First, save your user profile by choosing
System→ User Profile→ Own Data
On the Parameters tab page, enter the following parameters:
Make sure you use uppercase letters!
If you are attending a course without US scenarios
BUK: U100 (company code)
FWS: EUR (currency key)
8P3: (post without jurisdiction code)
If you are attending a course with US scenarios
BUK: U300 (company code)
FWS: USD (currency key)
8P3: X (post with jurisdiction code)
Make sure you use uppercase letters.
Your business partners have the following number ranges:
TBCA... for business partners without US scenarios
TB13... for business partners with US scenarios.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 512/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 513/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-105
1-1-9 Name three specifications from the document or the document item
that control the determination of account assignment in Financial Accounting.
1. __________________________________________________
2. __________________________________________________
3. __________________________________________________
Are there any other criteria for determination?
1-2 True or false
1-2-1 A document is always assigned to just one contract account.
_____________________________________________________
1-2-2 Posting documents is the usual method for creating receivables in Contract
Accounts Receivable and Payable.
_____________________________________________________
1-2-3 A document contains all the information for posting to Financial Accounting.
_____________________________________________________
1-2-4 The document date and posting date always correspond to the entry date.
_____________________________________________________
1-2-5 The reconciliation key can differ for each document item.
_____________________________________________________
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 514/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-106
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 515/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-107
Exercises
Unit: Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable
Topic: Display Account Balance
After completing these exercises, you will be able to:
• Use the different account balance display options. This means you
can display the items required for analyzing the account using the most
suitable field structure variant
• Provide information on the balance and development of a contract
account
• Provide information on the items of a contract account
• Use the navigation options in the item display
Two customers want to meet with you.
Before you initiate the contact, you would like to obtain a detailed picture
of the recent transactions for each account.
2-1 True or false?
2-1-1 The standard display of the items in a contract account shows all items that have
been posted to that account.
_____________________________________________________
2-1-2 You can adjust the individual account balance display so that items
other than those in the standard display are
displayed according to user needs.
_____________________________________________________
2-1-3 The list type determines the line layout (how the lines are
structured) for the item display.
_____________________________________________________
2-1-4 To display the items in a customer account in another line layout, you have to
return to the initial screen.
_____________________________________________________
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 516/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-108
2-2 Line item display for a business partner
2-2-1 What is the current balance for your business partner TBCA0110##
(TB130110## )?
_____________________________________________________
2-2-2 Which items make up the balance?
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
2-2-3 Have any payments already been made?
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
2-3 Navigating the document display (optional)
2-3-1 Identify the receivable from the energy consultation with business partner
TBCA0110## (TB130110## ).
Tip: Choose the correct line layout variant.
2-3-2 Who posted the receivable?
_____________________________________________________
2-3-3 Which reconciliation key was used?
_____________________________________________________
2-3-4 Have any taxes been calculated for the energy consultation?
_____________________________________________________
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 517/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 518/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-110
3-3 Posting a payment lot
3-3-1 Create a payment lot PL-YYMMDD-## .
3-3-2 Enter the search term IUT110-## .
Use the F4 Help to enter a bank clearing account.
3-3-3 Enter payments for two of your business partners:
Amount Business Partner
500 TBCA0210## (TB130210##)
800 TBCA0220## (TB130220##)
3-3-4 Save your entries and close the payment lot.
3-3-5 Post the payments.
3-3-6 Check the status.
3-3-7 Display the postings you have just made in the account display for each business partner and note the effects of the posting.
Tip: Use the Payment List hotspot.
3-4 Payment at cash desk
3-4-1 Display the open receivables for business partner TBCA0110## (TB130110## ).
What is the balance?
_____________________________________________________
3-4-2 Which items make up the total?
3-4-3 Switch to the cash journal.
Select the subsidiary WDF for training courses without US scenarios or
BOS for training courses with US scenarios.
Branch from here to the cash desk.
3-4-4 Post a payment for the amount of the balance for business partner TBCA0110##
(TB130110## ). To do this, make the following entries:
Reconcil. Key CD-YYMMDD-##
Business Partner TBCA0110## (TB130110##)
Amount Balance for TBCA0110##
(TB130110##)
Print a receipt.
Use the printer LOCL.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 519/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-111
Exercises
Unit: Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable
Topic: Returns
After completing these exercises, you will be able to:
• Post a return
• Understand the effects of returns on payments that have already
been made
In accounts receivable accounting, some returns are contained in the bank
statement. You now have to post these.
4-1 Returns lot
4-1-1 Create the returns lot RL-YYMMDD-## .
4-1-2 Enter the search term IUT110-## .
Make sure that Document no. is entered in the Selection Cat. field.
Ensure that the Amounts contain bank charges and Calculate charges
checkboxes are activated.Switch to New Items.
4-1-3 Enter a return for business partner TBCA0210## (TB130210## ).
If necessary, open a second session to determine the required payment document
number.
4-1-4 Save the data and close the returns lot.
4-1-5 Post the returns lot.
4-1-6 Check the status.
4-1-7 Switch to the account balance display and take a look at the changes.
4-2 Returns lot with charges (optional)
Repeat the steps of the previous task for the new returns lot RN-YYMMDD-## . Increase
the return amount by 10.
This time, create a return for the payment made by business partner TBCA0220##
(TB130220## ) that you entered in exercise 3-3-3. Analyze the charge posting in the
account balance display.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 520/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-112
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 521/541
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 522/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-114
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 523/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-115
Exercises
Unit: Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable
Topic: Installment Plan
After completing these exercises, you will be able to:
• Create an installment plan and describe the range of this function
A business partner calls and wants to make payments in installments. You
create an installment plan.
6-1 Creating an installment plan
6-1-1 Create an installment plan with five installments at intervals of two weeks and a
rounding amount of 10 for all open receivables for business partner
TBCA0130## (TB130130## ).
6-1-2 Check that the installment plan has been created in the account display.
When you display the contract account from the IC, rememberthat the previous settings for the list type are still active.
However, to display the installment plan, you also need to
display the statistical items.
6-2 Creating an installment plan via CRM
6-2-1 Create an installment plan with twelve installments at monthly intervals for all
open receivables for business partner ISU260A3##.
6-2-2 Verify that the installment plan has been created in the account overview and
that the interaction record reflects the transaction.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 524/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-116
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 525/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-117
Solutions
Unit: Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable
Topic: Manual Document Entry
1-1 Posting receivables
1-1-1 Specify the menu path that you use to post a document.
Utilities Industry → Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable → Document
Post
1-1-2 Post a receivable for today’s energy consultation.
Utilities Industry → Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable → Document
→ Post
Use the following data:
Data Field Content Note
Document Date Today’s date Is preset
Posting Date Today’s date Is preset
Reconciliation Key 01-YYMMDD-
##
YYMMDD = today’s date
1-1-3 Change to the entry screen for document items. For your business partner, enter
a miscellaneous posting for the energy consultation. In doing so, try to make as
few entries as possible, so that you can see which data the system determines
automatically.
1. From the Post Document: Initial Screen, choose Enter
or the OItm Business partner item list button.
2. Enter the following values:
Data Field Content Note
Business Partner TBCA0110## (TB130110##)Main
Transaction
Miscellaneous Postings Use F4 help
Subtransaction Miscellaneous posting Use F4 help
Amount 116
3. Do not save your entries
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 526/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-118
1-1-4 Describe your receivable using the text: Energy consultation of YYMMDD.
To enter text:
- Choose the line layout ZAP and enter the text in the text field using either
the line layout icon or F9,
- or change to the detail display for your business partner item (for example,
by double-clicking on the current item in the list) and enter the text underOther data at the lower end of the entry screen..
If you have already saved the document:
1. Choose Documen→ Change from the menu.
The document number is preset.
2. Choose OItm (Business partner item list).
3. Select line layout ZAP .
4. Enter the text in the text field.
1-1-5 Post the document and make a note of the document number.
1. To post the document, choose Post .
2. The document number is displayed in the message bar after posting.
1-1-6 Display the document.
Utilities Industry → Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable → Document
→ Display
1-1-7 Display the document item.
From the Display Document: Initial Screen, choose OItm to display the
document items.
Another possible solution:
From the Display Document: Initial Screen, choose Enter .
Then double-click on the summary of business partner items,
or select the item with the cursor and choose
Edit → Choose (F2) from the menu to display the business partner item.
1-1-8 What is the general ledger data?
Data Field Value Source
Company Code U100 (U300) Entry for Post Document G/L Account 140520 Account Determination
Account
Determination ID
01 Contract Account
Double click on the business partner item.
On the Basic Data tab page you can see the company code and the G/L account.
The account determination ID is on the Add. Data tab page.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 527/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-119
1-1-9 Name three specifications from the document or the document item that control
the determination of account assignment in Financial Accounting.
1. Company code in the document item
2. Main transaction in the document item
3. Subtransaction in the document item
Other criteria include the account determination ID and the division.
1-2 True or false?
1-2-1 A document is always assigned to just one contract account.
False.
A document can have more than one document item,
each of which can be assigned to a different contract account.
1-2-2 Posting documents is the usual method for creating receivables in Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable.
False.
The usual method of creating receivables is by invoicing.
1-2-3 A document contains all the information for posting to Financial Accounting.
True.
Whilst it is possible to group documents using the reconciliation key,
each individual document contains information for posting and offsetting in
Financial Accounting.
1-2-4 The document date and posting date always correspond to the entry date.
False.
These three dates may be different.
1-2-5 The reconciliation key can differ for each document item.
False.
There is only one reconciliation key for each document.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 528/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-120
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 529/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-121
Solutions
Unit: Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable
Topic: Display Account Balance
2-1 True or false?
2-1-1 The standard display of the items in a customer account shows all items that
were posted to that account.
False.
The standard display shows all open non-statistical items.
2-1-2 The line item display can be modified to display items other than those pre-configured in the standard settings by default.
True.
You define your own line item display by choosing
Settings→ Display / Change or F6 or the corresponding icon.
2-1-3 The list type determines the line layout of the item display.
False.
The list type determines which items are displayed.
2-1-4 To display the items in a contract account in a different line layout, you must
return to the initial screen.
False.
You can change the line layout in the item display using the Select Line Layout
button or by choosing Settings→ Line Layout or Settings→ Display/Change.
You can then save the line layout in the user parameters.
If a totals variant is active, you can double-click an item to display a more
detailed line layout variant. Alternatively, you can use the blue arrows in the
variant display (provided you have activated them in your personal settings for
account balance display).
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 530/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-122
2-2 Line item display for a business partner
2-2-1 What is the balance for business partner TBCA0110## (TB130110## )?
1. Utilities Industry → Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable →
Account → Account Balance
2. Enter TBCA0110## (TB130110## ) in the Business Partner field.
The value in the List Type field is preset with Standard - All open items.The Line Layout field shows Standard line layout – acc. display.
3. Choose Return.
4. Choose the Totals hotspot.
5. The balance appears in the Total field.
2-2-2 Which items make up the balance?
Double-click on the Receivablesor the Total line to return to the display of the
receivables that are still open.
Alternatively, choose the Receivables hotspot directly. 2-2-3 Have any payments already been made?
1. Go Back (F3) to Account Display: Initial Screen.
2. Choose either a list type that shows not only open items
(using the F4 Help, for example, the list type All Items),
or choose the Detail button on the List Type subscreen.
Select the Cleared Items field and choose Enter .
3. Return to the account display. This displays all payments made that can be
analyzed using the Payment List hotspot.
2-3 Navigating the document display (optional)
2-3-1 Identify the receivable from the energy consultation with business partner
TBCA0110## (TB130110## ).
Choose the correct line layout variant.
1. Utilities Industry → Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable → Account
→ Account Balance
2. Enter TBCA0110## (TB130110## ) in the Business Partner field.
3. Choose Enter . 4. Choose Line layout (Shift+F4).
5. Select the line layout variant Account display with document text
(IUT110).
6. You can now see which open receivable is for the energy consultation,
if you entered the text Energy consultation ... in the exercise.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 531/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-123
2-3-2 Who posted the receivable?
1. Double-click on the document.
You are now in the Display Document: Item screen.
2. Choose Document Header .
3. You can read the user key of the person who created the document
from the Created by field.
2-3-3 Which reconciliation key was used?
Contained in the Reconcil. key field in the document header.
2-3-4 Have any taxes been calculated for the energy consultation?
Choose the Overview button or select
Goto → Overview from the menu.
You can see the tax items in detail here by choosing the Taxes button.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 532/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-124
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 533/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-125
Solutions
Unit: Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable
Topic: Payment
3-1 Payment lot
Which steps must be carried out when processing a payment lot?
1. Create
2. Close
3. Post
3-2 True or false?
3-2-1 If you are interrupted while working on a payment lot, you can resume work on
it at any time, provided that you do not close it.
True.
The Change step exists for this purpose.
3-2-2 Once the payment lot is closed, no more changes can be made to it.
False.
While it is true that no new items can be added and items cannot be deleted,existing items can be corrected.
3-2-3 The procedures for payment lots and check lots are identical.
True.
The only difference is that a different screen variant must be chosen for the line
layout, since a check number must be entered for a check. This does not occur in
the screen variant for the payment lot, however.
3-3 Posting a payment lot
3-3-1 Create the payment lot PL-YYMMDD-## .
1. Utilities Industry Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable
Payments Payment Lot
2. Enter PL-YYMMDD-## in the Lot field.
3. Choose Create (F5).
3-3-2 Enter the search term IUT110-## .
Use the F4 Help to specify a bank clearing account.
If the value date is not set by default, enter today's date.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 534/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-126
3-3-3 Enter payments for two of your business partners:
To enter the items, chose the New Items pushbutton.
Amount Business Partner
500 TBCA0210## (TB130210##)
800 TBCA0220## (TB130220##)
The business partner number has to be defined in the Selection value field in
selection category G .
3-3-4 Save your entries and close the payment lot.
1. Choose Save.
2. Choose Back F3.
You now see the Payment Lot Create: Default Entries and Status screen.
3. Choose Back F3 again.You have returned to the Payment Lot: Initial Screen.
Observe the change in status during the following activities.
4. Choose Close and confirm the action.
3-3-5 Post the payments.
1. Choose Post .
2. Choose Start Directly.
3. Choose Enter.
3-3-6 Check the status.
The status should read Postings made.
3-3-7 Display the postings in the account display for the business partners and note the
effects of the postings.
Use the knowledge you have acquired in the unit Display Account Balance. Tip:
Use the Payment List hotspot.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 535/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-127
3-4 Payment at cash desk
3-4-1 Display the open receivables for business partner TBCA0110## (TB130110## ).
What is the balance?
1. Utilities Industry → Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable →
Account → Account Balance
2. Enter the number of your business partner TBCA0110## (TB130110## ) inthe Business Partner field.
3. Choose Enter .
4. Choose the Totals hotspot.
You can see the balance for the open items in the Total field.
3-4-2 Which items make up the total?
1. Double-click on the Receivables field in the totals display. This takes you
to the individual receivables display.
2. Ensure that you have chosen the line layout variant Account display withdocument text (IUT110) to display the document text column.
Amount Item Type
116,00 Miscellaneous posting: Energy consultation from
<dd.mm.yy> (from the Post Document exercise)
3-4-3 Switch to the cash journal. Select the subsidiary WDF for training courses
without US scenarios or BOS for training courses with US scenarios. Branch
from here to the cash desk:
Utilities Industry → Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable → Payments
→ Cash Journal → Cash Journal → To Cash Desk
3-4-4 Post a payment for the amount of the open balance of business partner
TBCA0110## (TB130110## ).
Reconcil. Key CD-YYMMDD-## (Under Further posting specs)
Business Partner TBCA0110## (TB130110##)
Amount Balance of TBCA0110## (TB130110##)
1. Ensure that the Inc.Cash Pymt checkbox is selected.
2. To post the payment, choose Post or Post Online. If you have chosen the
Post Online button, choose Save to make the posting.
3. Select Print Receipt and confirm the print parameters.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 536/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-128
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 537/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-129
Solutions
Unit: Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable
Topic: Returns
4-1 Returns lot
4-1-1 Create a returns lot (RL-yymmdd-##).
1. Utilities Industry → Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable →
Payments → Returns → Returns Lot
2. Enter RL-yymmdd-## in the Returns Lot field.
3. Choose Create (F5).
4-1-2 Enter the search term (IUT110-##). Make sure that Document no. is entered in
the Selection Cat. field. Ensure that the Amounts contain bank charges and
Calculate charges checkboxes are activated. Switch to New Items.
1. Search term: IUT110-##
2. Make the settings listed above and save them using Save (CTRL+S), if
these have not already bee preset.
3. Choose New Items.
4-1-3 Enter a return for business partner TBCA0210## (TB130210##).If necessary, open a second session to determine the required payment
document number.
1. System → Create Session
2. Utilities Industry → Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable →
Account → Account Balance
3. Enter the number of your business partner TBCA0210## (TB130210##)
in the Business Partner field.
4. Choose the standard list type All items and line layout Account display
with document text (IUT110).
5. Choose the green checkmark (ENTER).
6. Note or copy the payment document number.
7. Close the second session: System End Session
8. In the Returns: Record/Process Items screen, enter the payment
document number in the SelectionValue field and enter the return
reason 01 Bank Account Overdraft . The Selection Cat. should be set to
B.
9. Choose Enter . The amount is determined automatically.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 538/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-130
4-1-4 Save the data and close the returns lot.
1. Choose Save (CTRL+S).
2. Choose Back (F3). You now see the Returns: Specifications and Status:
Edit screen.
3. Choose Back (F3). You are now in the Returns: Request Screen.
4. Choose Close and confirm the action.
4-1-5 Post the returns lot.
1. To do this, choose Post .
2. Choose Start Online.
3. Choose OK .
4-1-6 Check the status.
The status should read Postings made.
4-1-7 Switch to the account balance display and take a look at the changes.Use the Payment List hotspot here too.
4-2 Returns lot with charges (optional)
Repeat the steps in the previous task for a new returns lot (RN-yymmdd-##). Increase
the return amount by 10.
This time, generate a return for the payment entered for business partner TBCA0220##
(TB130220##) in exercise 3-3-3.
The solution is the same as for 4-1. In the account display, you will notice that the bankcharges contained in the return amount were posted together as one item with the utility
company’s charges.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 539/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-131
Solutions
Unit: Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable
Topic: Dunning
5-1 True or false?
5-1-1 The dunning process is carried out using the same procedure for all the
company’s contract accounts.
False. The dunning procedure can be defined in the contract account and can
even be applied to individual line items.
5-1-2 The days in arrears and the dunning frequency largely determine when a dueopen item can be dunned.
True. The days in arrears determine the minimum number of days that must
have passed since the due date before dunning can occur. The dunning
frequency defines the number of days that must have passed since the issue date
of the dunning letter before another dunning letter can be sent.
5-2 Dunning history
Take a look at the dunning history for business partner TBCA0220## (TB130220##).
1. Utilities Industry → Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable → Account →
Further Information → Dunning History
2. Enter TBCA0220## (TB130220##) in the Business Partner field.
3. Choose Execute (F8).
4. The dunning history is displayed.
5-3 Dunning history in CRM
1. Identify business partner Walter Dunning, ISUUS02074.
2. In the navigation toolbar, click on Collections > Dunning History.
3. View the dunning notice which has been issued.
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 540/541
(©) SAP AG IUT110 13-132
Solutions
Unit: Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable
Topic: Installment Plan
6-1 Creating an installment plan
6-1-1 Create an installment plan with five installments at intervals of two weeks and a
rounding amount of 10 for all open receivables for business partner
TBCA0130## (TB130130##).
1. Utilities Industry Customer Service Front Office/Customer
Interaction Center Customer Interaction Center 2. Enter TBCA0130## (TB130130##) in the Part. field (in the search
criteria). Choose Enter to display the business partner’s data. Then choose
Confirm Partner with the green checkmark on the right of the data finder.
3. The business partner environment is displayed in the navigation area.
Select the contract account. Then click the right mouse button and choose
Create Installment Plan.
4. Click the Select All (Shift+F7) button to choose all open items.
5. Enter <today's date> in the Start Date field. Then enter the required data
in the No. of Instmnts, Inst. Interval , Interval Type and Rounding
Amount fields.Choose Installment Plan or ENTER.
6. Check the number of installments and the installment intervals and select
Save or Ctrl+S .
7. Enter a text for the contact and save it by choosing Save or Ctrl+S .
6-1-2 Check that the installment plan has been created in the account display.
When you display the customer account from the IC, remember
that the previous settings for the list type are still active.
However, to display the installment plan, you also need to
display the statistical items.
Click the right mouse button on the contract account to choose the customer
account . If no items are selected, the statistical items display is not activated
under list type. You can choose another list type on the initial screen for the
account balance display.
6-2 Creating an installment plan in CRM
6-2-1 Create an installment plan with twelve installments at monthly intervals for all
open receivables for business partner Max Mayer, ISU260A3##.
1. Log into CRM Interaction Center
8/19/2019 Introduction to Utilities - SAP IS-U CCS
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/introduction-to-utilities-sap-is-u-ccs 541/541
2. Enter ISU260A3## in the Account ID field. Press Enter to process the
search criteria and display the business partner’s data. Confirm the
account and service location if required.
3. Along the navigation bar, click on Account Balance to display the
Account Overview. In the topmost view, click on Installment Plan.
4. Verify that no current installment plans exist for the account. Click on
New to pull up the Create New Plan view.
5. Click the Select All button to choose all open items.
6. Choose a plan type based on the requirements – 12 months, no fee.
7. Enter <today's date> in the Start Date field. Then verify the Print
Parameter setting.
8. Click the Save and Back button to save the plan and return to the Account
Overview